HomeMy WebLinkAbout2024-02-07-tcc-facilities-master-plan-vol-2+
Tarrant County College
2022 Collegewide
Master Plan
Volume II
February 2024
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Table of Contents
Volume II
Southeast Campus 88
Trinity River Campus 102
Trinity River Campus East 118
TCC Connect 124
COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES 133
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT 149
South Campus 152
Southeast Campus 154
Northwest Campus 156
Alliance West Site 158
Southeast Campus 160
Trinity River Campus 162
Trinity River Campus East 164
TCC Connect 166
DESIGN GUIDELINES 1
College Level Design Guidelines 2
Architecture 2
Resilience 2
Sustainability 5
Structural 7
Space Planning and Programming 11
Landscape 11
Fire Protection 12
Plumbing 12
Mechanical 13
Electrical 14
Communications 15
Security and Fire Alarm 17
Information Technology 19
Campus Level Design Guidelines 23
South Campus 24
Northeast Campus 46
Northwest Campus 64
Alliance West Site 80
DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY 169
College Level Demographic Study 17 1
Campus Level Demographic Study 18 3
South Campus 184
Northeast Campus 196
Northwest Campus 208
Alliance West Site 210
Southeast Campus 222
Trinity River Campus 234
Trinity River Campus East 236
TCC Connect 248
LABOR MARKET STUDY 261
SPACE UTILIZATION STUDIES 271
South Campus 274
Northeast Campus 296
Northwest Campus 308
Alliance West Site 320
Southeast Campus 334
Trinity River Campus 350
Trinity River Campus East 352
TCC Connect 354
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
401 North Houston Street Dallas, Texas 75202 214 748 2000 350 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5401 New York, New York 10118 212 490 2930 6175 Main Street, Suite 260 Frisco, Texas 75034 972 712 2255 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 850 Austin, Texas 78701 512 640 6000 1850 North Central Avenue, Suite 300 Phoenix, Arizona 85004 602 302 6400 121 E. Birch Avenue, Suite 306 Flagstaff, Arizona 86001 928 233 8264 20 East Greenway Plaza, Suite 410 Houston, Texas 77046 832 652 3640 5800 Bristol Parkway, Suite 640 Culver City, California 90230 310 873 3601 580 California Street, Suite 1602 San Francisco, California 94104 415 635 3554 52-04 Tower One, The Sail at Marina Bay, 2 Marina Boulevard Singapore 018987 182 1023 778 1-2 Paris Gardens South Bank London SE1 8ND United Kingdom 7930 450 740
Design Guidelines
f 1
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
SOUTHEAST CAMPUS
Ongoing construction as part of
bond projects involved in the campus
redevelopment.
College Level Design Guidelines
The college level Design Guidelines sub-section focuses on establishing detailed
guidance for the College as it seeks to implement the master plan phasing in the future.
This guidance is intended to be holistic and covers the entire anticipated scope of the
master plan phasing implementation from building design to landscape treatment. The
guidelines have been established through a thorough review of the college’s existing
standards and the experience of the industry experts that make up the master plan team.
The master plan team consultants have provided detailed outlines for each scope and the
level that the College should seek to implement. The outlines are intended to be applied
at the college level, aligning the standards of the College across its campuses. These
standards elevate the College to a consistent experience for any community member,
student, staff, or faculty that engages with each campus.
These guidelines are further referenced in the campus level Design Guidelines sub
section and provide the baseline standard for any future work that the College seeks to
perform. Designers of future projects should reference these guidelines as a basis for
implementation. Much like the master plan phasing, the team understands that over time
campuses and the College’s standards may change. These guidelines are based on the
most up-to-date standards and conditions, and recommend that any future endeavors
ensure that they coordinate with the College to apply any applicable updates.
-
2 3
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
flooding, drought, and wildfire is a growing necessity, while non-climate-related
natural disasters, such as earthquakes and solar flares, and anthropogenic actions
like terrorism and cyberterrorism, also call for resilient design. Responding to change
is an opportunity for a wide range of system improvements.
8. Find and promote resilience in nature. Natural systems have evolved to achieve
resilience; we can enhance resilience by relying on and applying lessons from nature.
Strategies that protect the natural environment enhance resilience for all living
systems.
9. Resilience is not absolute. Recognize that incremental steps can be taken and that
total resilience in the face of all situations is not possible. Implement what is feasible in
the short term and work to achieve greater resilience in stages.
RESILIENT DESIGN STRATEGIES
1. Design and construct (or renovate) buildings to handle severe storms, flooding,
wildfire, and other impacts that are expected to result from a warming climate.
2. Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
3. Model design solutions based on future climatic conditions as much as possible,
rather than relying on past data.
4. Create buildings that will maintain livable conditions in the event of extended loss of
power or heating fuel through energy load reductions and reliance on passive heating
and cooling strategies (passive survivability.)
5. Create durable buildings using such features as rainscreen details, windows that can
withstand hurricane winds, and interior finish materials that can dry out if they get wet
and not require replacement.
6. Create beautiful buildings that will be loved and maintained.
7. Reduce dependence on complex building controls and systems. Provide manual
overrides in case of malfunction or temporary power outages.
8. Optimize the use of on-site renewable energy.
9. Carry out water conservation practices and rely on annually replenished water
resources, including, potentially, harvested rainwater, as the primary or back-up water
supply.
WHAT IS RESILIENT DESIGN?
Resilient design is the intentional design of buildings and landscapes in order to respond
to natural and man-made disasters and disturbances, as well as long-term changes
resulting from climate change, including sea level rise, increased frequency of heat
waves, and regional drought.
RESILIENT DESIGN PRINCIPLES
1. Resilience transcends scales. Strategies to address resilience apply at scales of
individual buildings; they also apply at different time scales — from immediate to long-
term.
2. Resilient systems provide for basic human needs. These include potable water,
sanitation, energy, livable conditions (temperature and humidity), lighting, safe air,
occupant health, and food; these should be equitably distributed.
3. Diverse and redundant systems are inherently more resilient. More diverse
communities, ecosystems, economies, and social systems are better able to respond
to interruptions or change, making them inherently more resilient. While sometimes
in conflict with efficiency and green building priorities, redundant systems for such
needs as electricity, water, and transportation, improve resilience.
4. Simple, passive, and flexible systems are more resilient. Passive or manual-
override systems are more resilient than complex solutions that can break down
and require ongoing maintenance. Flexible solutions are able to adapt to changing
conditions both in the short-and long-term.
5. Durability strengthens resilience. Strategies that increase durability enhance
resilience. Durability involves not only building practices, but also building
design (beautiful buildings will be maintained and last longer), infrastructure, and
ecosystems.
6. Locally available, renewable, or reclaimed resources are more resilient. Reliance
on abundant local resources, such as solar energy, annually replenished groundwater,
and local food provides greater resilience than dependence on nonrenewable
resources or resources from far away.
7. Resilience anticipates interruptions and a dynamic future. Adaptation to a
changing climate with higher temperatures, more intense storms, sea level rise,
College Level
Design Guidelines
Resilience
Information below is the from the Resilient Design Institute
WHAT IS RESILIENCE?
Resiliency, or the ability to respond to and recover readily from a crisis or disruption, is
foundational to the longevity of a system or organization. TCC’s master plan is a tool to
establish and realize planning goals over the 20-year planning horizon and beyond. For
the most effective plan, challenges to TCC and its One College vision must be anticipated
and addressed in advance, building in flexibility for future uncertainties.
Challenges may come from any quarter, including climate change and weather events,
pandemic, terrorism and security concerns, evolution of technology, demographic shifts,
changes in pedagogy paradigms, and regulatory restrictions. To prepare for potential
disruption and change, the planning team has adopted a strategy based on principles
that transcend scales from planning to individual buildings, and from short-term to long-
term applications. The methods used must account for basic human needs and livable
conditions during times of upheaval, such as potable water, energy, sanitation, and safe
air. Further, these basic resources must be equitably distributed.
Architecture
The primary resource that the master plan team used to understand the condition of the
existing facilities was the assessment information that Jacobs provided to the master
plan team on February 16, 2022. This was used to create the six iterations of the master
plan that led to the version presented to the Board of Trustees on June 25.
Based on the information that was gleaned from both the facilities conditions
assessment as well as our observations during our visits and comments from
discussions with TCC staff, faculty, and other building users, the master plan requires a
full gut and redo of all systems and finishes in the renovation of a building or space. The
master plan team also considered the requirements of TCC’s Education Specifications
for the 3G8P requirements of spaces as well as the MEP conditions identified in Jacobs’
facilities assessment, in addition to comments from TCC’s internal MEP team. This led to
the recommend for the scope of renovation to be qualified as stated above.
4 5
+ VOLUME II VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
To achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are recommended. The
appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific action plan for that phase
and are consistent across building program types: new construction, new additions,
renovations, and sitework.
NEW CONSTRUCTION
Maximum resiliency is most attainable in new construction. The new buildings are
opportunities to employ a full spectrum of resiliency strategies that provide buildings
that are durable, are easy to maintain, use sustainable materials and systems, and provide
basic human needs through periods of disaster through operations and redundant
systems. The resiliency plan prepared in the preliminary phases of the project should
consider the range of available strategies along with a life-cycle cost analysis.
NEW ADDITIONS
New additions provide similar options as new construction, while accounting for tie-ins
to existing systems and the impact on each building’s longevity and efficiency over its
lifespan.
RENOVATIONS
As buildings are reused and at times re-purposed, renovations should incorporate
the resiliency strategies that provide ease of maintenance, durability, and system
redundancy where feasible. Forming the largest category of proposed projects,
renovations sometimes accompany new additions. Existing conditions of building
systems must be factored into the resiliency plan when determining available strategies
to implement, the goal being the highest level of resiliency feasible.
SITEWORK
Sitework includes infrastructure, landscaping, parking, and sitework associated with
each building project, as well as surface parking and demolition. Assess the potential for
recycling of materials as part of the resiliency plan, and donation and re-purposing of the
portable buildings.
10. Use locally available products and skill-sets.
11. Specify products and materials that will not off-gas or leach hazardous substances in
the event of flooding or fire damage.
12. Rely on vernacular design practices that were prevalent before the advent of air
conditioning and central heating. Combine these design strategies with modern
materials to optimize resilient design.
13. Provide redundant electric systems with at least minimal back-up power capacity,
such as a fuel-fired electric generator (with adequate fuel storage) or a solar-electric
system with islanding capability.
RESILIENT DESIGN STRATEGIES AT THE BUILDING SCALE
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, design, and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when main systems are down. Site designs should
also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features assist in
resiliency and passive systems trump highly-mechanized and complex operations that
may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials and systems,
also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves resources.
Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity; designers
can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize the use of renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
As building projects are begun, it is important to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is un-achievable, targeting the
highest level will provide the most benefit to TCC and its community.
Sustainabilit y
Information below is the from the Whole Building Design Guide.
WHAT IS SUSTAINABILITY?
Since the early 1990s, sustainability has become an increasing priority for facilities
projects. It is no secret that building construction and operation have an enormous
direct and indirect impact on the environment in terms of energy use, atmospheric
emissions, use of raw materials, waste generation, water use, and many other factors. As
the economy and population continue to expand, the design, construction and operation
community will face increasing challenges to meet the new demands for facilities that
are accessible, secure, healthy, and productive while minimizing their impact on the
environment.
For the design, construction, and operation of a facility, there is an especially important
interface between the indoor and outdoor environments — that of the building envelope.
The building envelope is comprised of the outer elements of a building: foundations;
walls; roof; windows; doors; and floors. The prime functions of the building envelope
are to provide shelter, security, solar and thermal control, moisture control, indoor air
quality control, access to daylight, and views to outside, fire resistance, acoustics, cost
effectiveness and aesthetics. Because of the varied and sometimes competing functions
associated with the building envelope, an integrated, synergistic approach considering
all phases of the facility life cycle is warranted. This "sustainable" approach supports an
increased commitment to environmental stewardship and conservation, and results in an
optimal balance of cost, environmental, societal, and human benefits while meeting the
facilities mission and function.
WHAT IS SUSTAINABLE DESIGN?
The main objectives of sustainable design are to avoid resource depletion of energy,
water, and raw materials; prevent environmental degradation caused by facilities and
their infrastructure throughout their life cycle; and create built environments that are
accessible, secure, healthy, and productive. While the definition of what constitutes
sustainable building design, construction and operation is constantly evolving, there are
six fundamental principles.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN PRINCIPLES
1. Optimize Site Potential: Creating sustainable buildings starts with proper site
selection, and the location, orientation, and landscaping of a building affect the local
ecosystems, transportation methods and energy use. It is usually more sustainable to
renovate an existing building than to tear it down and construct a new one. Consider
reuse and retrofit of available existing buildings before deciding to build new.
2. Optimize Energy Use: A sustainable building should rely on efficiency and passive
design measures rather than fossil fuels for its operation. It should meet or exceed
applicable energy performance standards.
3. Protect and Conserve Water: In many parts of the country, fresh water is becoming
an increasingly scarce resource. A sustainable building seeks to reduce, control, and/
or treat site runoff, use water efficiently, and reuse or recycle water for on-site use
when feasible.
4. Use Greener Materials: A sustainable building should be constructed of materials
that minimize life-cycle environmental impacts such as global warming, resource
depletion, and human toxicity. Life-cycle raw materials acquisition, product
manufacturing, packaging, transportation, installation, use, and reuse/recycling/
disposal should all be taken into account.
5. Enhance Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ): The indoor environmental quality of
a building has a significant impact on occupant health, comfort, and productivity.
Among other attributes a sustainable building should maximize daylighting, provide
appropriate ventilation and moisture control, and avoid the use of materials that are
high in VOC emissions.
6. Optimize Operational and Maintenance Practices: Incorporating operations and
maintenance considerations into the design of a facility will greatly contribute to
improved work environments, higher productivity, and reduced energy and resource
costs. Designers are encouraged to specify materials and systems that simplify and
reduce maintenance requirements; require less water, energy, and toxic chemicals
and cleaners to maintain; and are cost-effective and reduce life-cycle costs.
6
VOLUME II
7
+ DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
NEW CONSTRUCTION
Where new construction is required to achieve planning goals and future capacity,
opportunities are created for high levels of sustainability. A sustainability plan should be
developed at the inception of each new construction project that identifies the owner’s
goals for commissioning and level of sustainability. Whether or not commissioning is
required, the plan should maximize sustainability features. The full range of strategies
identified can be incorporated and fine-tuned to the project site and building parameters.
Life-cycle impacts should be considered for buildings designed. Some of the specific
goals that should be considered in new construction include:
— Use local materials and labor.
— Use native plant materials in landscaping.
— Use FSC-certified wood.
— Provide shading devices on South, West, and East facades.
— Maximize daylighting in regularly occupied spaces.
— Use low-voltage power.
— Low HVAC loads through building orientation, low-E coating on glazing, natural
ventilation, non-thermal bridging, tree shading.
— Use occupancy sensors and time controls on energy controls.
— Use recycled and reclaimed materials where possible.
— Use prefab systems where feasible to minimize waste.
— Use low water-use fixtures.
— Collect rainwater and reuse.
— Control stormwater runoff.
— Use low VOC materials.
NEW ADDITIONS
Sustainability plans for new additions may be treated similar to new construction,
accounting for existing conditions and tie-ins to existing systems. Life-cycle impacts
should be considered for materials and systems designed and the impact on existing
buildings.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN APPLICATION
Environmental sustainability plays a significant role in community resiliency. As a college
system deeply integrated with the community it serves, TCC will have a significant
positive impact on its community as a result of its sustainability achievements through
the implementation of the master plan over the next two decades. The planned facility
improvements can make a difference for students through improving academic
outcomes and providing a healthy and sustainable environment. The sustainable strategy
for TCC focuses on preserving the natural environment with dual goals of avoiding
resource depletion (energy, water, and raw materials) and preventing degradation of the
environment resulting from buildings over their life cycle.
The first sustainability principle is found at the intersection of the sustainability plan
and the implementation plan. To achieve the functional goals of the master plan,
recommendations have been made regarding new facilities, and the disposition of
existing campus facilities. It is generally more sustainable to renovate and reuse existing
buildings than to demolish them and build new facilities. The planning team considered
the ability to retrofit existing buildings in the carefully crafted implementation plan,
considering the extent of renovations or additions required to optimize spaces, the
impact of demolition and waste materials, and anticipated life cycle costs.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN STRATEGIES AT THE BUILDING SCALE
The sustainability strategies include: optimizing energy use and efficiency through
passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water and managing
stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use of materials that
minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product; maximizing indoor
environmental quality, considering daylighting, appropriate ventilation, humidity control,
and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions; and optimizing operations and
maintenance with materials and systems that reduce maintenance, conserve water and
energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The recommended sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest
level of sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new
addition, renovation, and sitework.
RENOVATIONS
An analysis of the existing facility, including life-cycle performance and cost of existing
mechanical and electrical systems (MEP), should inform the sustainability plan for
renovations. Reusing a facility is in itself a recycling act, reducing waste and the impacts
of demolition. Depending on the scope of the renovation, strategies may center on MEP
system efficiency, indoor environmental quality, building envelope weather-tightness,
and use of sustainable materials and finishes. Life-cycle impacts should be considered
for the renovated facility incorporating materials and systems designed.
SITEWORK
Sitework design should investigate existing infrastructure and, similar to renovation
strategies, provide upgrades to the extent feasible to achieve sustainability goals for
stormwater management and infrastructure. Native plant species should be used in
landscaping plans. Further, landscaping plans should consider the interface between
exterior and interior, with attention given to transitions, views, daylighting and shading,
privacy, and bringing the natural environment inside.
Structural
NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NARRATIVE
The proposed new buildings are anticipated to be designed under the 2021 International
Building Code with City of Fort Worth Amendments. However, this may be superseded by
a newer building code depending on the time-frame for design of each new building. At
the ground floor level, a structured floor over a crawl space has been anticipated. The use
and limits of crawlspace shall be verified with TCC for each new building.
The following narrative is being provided for preliminary pricing purposes only. The
following information will need to be refined after architectural development progresses
for each new building. The number of levels for each new building is to be determined.
OVERALL DESIGN CRITERIA
— Design Loads
— Live Loads (reduced as permitted by the Building Code):
— Typical Ground Floor — 100 PSF
— Typical Upper Floors — 100 PSF
— Mechanical Rooms — 150 PSF
— Storage Rooms — 125 PSF
— Roof — 20 PSF
— Wind Loads:
— Base Mean Wind Velocity — 120 MPH (ultimate, 3-second gusts)
— Typical UNO
— Wind Exposure Classification — C
— Seismic Loads:
— Site Class — C (to be verified with final geotechnical report)
— Seismic Design Category — A
— Seismic Importance Factor — 1.25 (seismic not expected to control the
lateral design)
— Reinforcement:
—
—
Material Properties
Reinforcing Steel — ASTM A615, Grade 60
— Welded Wire Fabric (WWF) — ASTM A185
— Normal-Weight Concrete:
— Piers — 4,000 PSI
— Grade Beams — 4,000 PSI
— Elevated Beams and Slabs — 4,000 PSI
— Exterior Ramps, Stairs and Walls — 4,500 PSI
— Slab over composite metal deck — 3,500 PSI
— Structural Masonry:
— Required prism strength of masonry assembly — 2,000 PSI
— Concrete Masonry Units — ASTM C90 lightweight with a minimum net area
compressive strength of 2,000 PSI
— Masonry Mortar — ASTM C270, Type S
— Masonry Grout — ASTM C476 with minimum compressive strength of 3,000
PSI
— Structural Steel:
— Wide Flange Sections — ASTM A992, Grade 50
— HSS Sections — ASTM A500, Grade B
8 9
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
depth (5-inch thick slab plus 20-inch deep pans) and approximate 8 PSF total
average reinforcing. Concrete joists are anticipated to be six-inches wide
by 25 inches deep and spaced at 6’-0” on center. Interior concrete girders
are anticipated to be 36 to 48 inches wide by 25 inches deep and spaced at
approximately 28 feet on center.
— Elevated Second Floor Structure
— Three and a half (3.5) inches thick, normal weight concrete slab on a 3-inch deep
x 20-gauge galvanized composite metal deck (6-1/2 inches total slab thickness)
and WWF 6x6-W2.9xW2.9 reinforcing. At interior girders additional top
reinforcing comprised of #4 (8’-0”) at 12-inches on center to mitigate slab cracks
at these locations. Additional slab reinforcing will be required around openings.
This slab will provide a 1-hour fire rating without fireproofing.
— Steel composite beams at a maximum of 10 feet on center supported by steel
wide flange girders.
— Three quarter (3/4) inch diameter by 4.5-inch long headed stud anchors will be
required at beams and girders at an average of 1 ft on center but in some cases
will be required more often.
— Average weight of structural system, excluding the weight of the steel deck, is
expected to be approximately 10 lbs. per square foot plus floor deck (includes
wide flange beams, columns, and vertical braces) plus 1 lb per square foot for
miscellaneous structural steel.
— Roof Structure
— One and a half (1.5) inch deep, 22 gauge galvanized metal roof deck.
— Steel roof joists at a maximum at 6-feet on center supported by steel wide flange
girders. Average weight of structural system is expected to be approximately 9
lbs. per square foot plus roof deck (includes joists, wide flange beams, columns,
and vertical braces) plus 1 lb per square foot for miscellaneous structural steel.
Wide flange beams may be used instead of steel joists at isolated areas such as
under roof top units and at areas with non-typical concentrated loads.
— Columns and Lateral Bracing
— Steel tube columns with sizes varying from HSS5x5 to HSS8x8 with an average
3/8-inch tube wall thickness. Steel wide flange columns up to 12”x12” may be
used at large volume spaces. A preliminary column grid of 25 feet x 28 feet is
anticipated.
— Steel vertical braces will be spaced as needed to resist lateral loads.
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
A geotechnical report shall be provided for each new building site. Based on experience
with projects in the Fort Worth area, the building foundations are anticipated to consist of
straight shaft drilled concrete piers.
— Site Preparation for Building Pad
Due to anticipated structured ground floors, the only site preparation at the building
pads is any excavation and fill required to attain the final subgrade elevations under the
structural floors. The crawl spaces will need to be ventilated and sloped to drain.
— Piers (Information to be verified with the Geotechnical Report for each new
building site).
— Drilled piers to be designed for required loads in accordance with the site-
specific Geotechnical Report for each site.
— Locate piers at each building column.
— Additional piers to be provided at perimeter grade beams not supporting
building columns at 25 feet on center.
— Locate piers at each corner of elevator pits.
— Piers will be reinforced with vertical bars having a steel area equal to
approximately 0.5% to 1.0% of the concrete pier area with #4 ties @ 14” for 36-
inch diameter piers and #3 ties @ 14” for piers less than 36-inch in diameter. Pier
tie spacing shall be reduced to 9-inches for top portion of pier within crawlspace.
— An additional 4 typical pier verticals shall be added to top of piers within
crawlspace. Added pier verticals shall extend 4-feet minimum below the finished
crawlspace grade elevation.
— The depth to the bearing strata and the need for temporary steel casings will be
determined after each geotechnical investigation.
— Ground Floor Structure — Structure Floor Over Crawl Space
— Typical perimeter grade beam: Formed 16-inch wide by 72-inch (total) deep
concrete beam with 40 lbs. of reinforcing per foot with a retained void space
below. Brick ledge elevations will be adjusted as required for final grading to allow
a maximum of 6-inches of exposed grade beam.
— Provide a minimum three-inch thick mud slab in the crawl space. Slope the grade
in the crawl space to grade and to provide approximately 3’-6” clear under the
structure.
— Structured ground floor over crawlspace may consist of the following:
— Cast-in-place concrete ‘skip’ pan joist floor system with 25-inch total system
— Miscellaneous
— Any new buildings that are planned to be built directly adjacent to existing
buildings shall utilize an expansion joint to separate the new and existing
construction.
— Structural steel permanently exposed to the weather (such as roof screen walls,
masonry lintels, posts at dumpster screen walls, etc.) will be hot-dip galvanized.
BUILDING ADDITION CONSTRUCTION NARRATIVE
The proposed building additions are anticipated to be designed under the 2021
International Building Code with City of Fort Worth Amendments. However, this may be
superseded by a newer building code depending on the time-frame for design of each
building addition. At the ground floor level, a structured floor over a crawl space has been
anticipated. The use and limits of crawlspace shall be verified with TCC for each building
addition. An expansion joint shall be used between new building additions and existing
buildings.
The following narrative is being provided for preliminary pricing purposes only. The
following information will need to be refined after architectural development progresses
for each new building. The number of levels for each building addition is to be determined.
OVERALL DESIGN CRITERIA
— Design Loads
— Live Loads (reduced as permitted by the Building Code):
— Typical Ground Floor — 100 PSF
— Typical Upper Floors — 100 PSF
— Mechanical Rooms — 150 PSF
— Storage Rooms — 125 PSF
— Roof — 20 PSF
— Wind Loads:
— Base Mean Wind Velocity — 120 MPH (ultimate, 3-second gusts)
— Typical UNO
— Wind Exposure Classification — C
— Seismic Loads:
— Site Class — C (to be verified with final geotechnical report)
— Seismic Design Category — A
— Seismic Importance Factor — 1.25 (seismic not expected to control the
lateral design)
— Material Properties
— Reinforcement:
— Reinforcing Steel — ASTM A615, Grade 60
— Welded Wire Fabric (WWF) — ASTM A185
— Normal-Weight Concrete:
— Piers — 4,000 PSI
— Grade Beams — 4,000 PSI
— Elevated Beams and Slabs — 4,000 PSI
— Exterior Ramps, Stairs and Walls — 4,500 PSI
— Slab over composite metal deck — 3,500 PSI
— Structural Masonry:
— Required prism strength of masonry assembly — 2,000 PSI
— Concrete Masonry Units — ASTM C90 lightweight with a minimum net area
compressive strength of 2,000 PSI
— Masonry Mortar — ASTM C270, Type S
— Masonry Grout — ASTM C476 with minimum compressive strength of 3,000
PSI
— Structural Steel:
— Wide Flange Sections — ASTM A992, Grade 50
— HSS Sections — ASTM A500, Grade B
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
A geotechnical report shall be provided for each new building site. Based on experience
with projects in the Fort Worth area, the building foundations are anticipated to consist of
straight shaft drilled concrete piers.
— Site Preparation for Building Pad
Due to anticipated structured ground floors, the only site preparation at the building
pads is any excavation and fill required to attain the final subgrade elevations under the
structural floors. The crawl spaces will need to be ventilated and sloped to drain.
— Piers (Information to be verified with the Geotechnical Report for each new
building site).
10 11
+ VOLUME II VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
at these locations. Additional slab reinforcing will be required around openings.
This slab will provide a 1-hour fire rating without fireproofing.
— Steel composite beams at a maximum of 10 feet on center supported by steel
wide flange girders.
— Three quarter (3/4) inch diameter by 4.5-inch long headed stud anchors will be
required at beams and girders at an average of 1 ft on center but in some cases
will be required more often.
— Average weight of structural system, excluding the weight of the steel deck, is
expected to be approximately 10 lbs. per square foot plus floor deck (includes
wide flange beams, columns, and vertical braces) plus 1 lb per square foot for
miscellaneous structural steel.
— Roof Structure
— One and a half (1.5) inch deep, 22 gauge galvanized metal roof deck.
— Steel roof joists at a maximum at 6-feet on center supported by steel wide flange
girders. Average weight of structural system is expected to be approximately 9
lbs. per square foot plus roof deck (includes joists, wide flange beams, columns,
and vertical braces) plus 1 lb per square foot for miscellaneous structural steel.
Wide flange beams may be used instead of steel joists at isolated areas such as
under roof top units and at areas with non-typical concentrated loads.
— Columns and Lateral Bracing
— Steel tube columns with sizes varying from HSS5x5 to HSS8x8 with an average
3/8-inch tube wall thickness. Steel wide flange columns up to 12”x12” may be
used at large volume spaces. A preliminary column grid of 25 feet x 28 feet is
anticipated.
— Steel vertical braces will be spaced as needed to resist lateral loads.
— Miscellaneous
— Any new buildings that are planned to be built directly adjacent to existing
buildings shall utilize an expansion joint to separate the new and existing
construction.
— Structural steel permanently exposed to the weather (such as roof screen walls,
masonry lintels, posts at dumpster screen walls, etc.) will be hot-dip galvanized.
— Drilled piers to be designed for required loads in accordance with the site-
specific Geotechnical Report for each site.
— Locate piers at each building column.
— Additional piers to be provided at perimeter grade beams not supporting
building columns at 25 feet on center.
— Locate piers at each corner of elevator pits.
— Piers will be reinforced with vertical bars having a steel area equal to
approximately 0.5% to 1.0% of the concrete pier area with #4 ties @ 14” for 36-
inch diameter piers and #3 ties @ 14” for piers less than 36-inch in diameter. Pier
tie spacing shall be reduced to 9-inches for top portion of pier within crawlspace.
— An additional four typical pier verticals shall be added to top of piers within
crawlspace. Added pier verticals shall extend 4-feet minimum below the finished
crawlspace grade elevation.
— The depth to the bearing strata and the need for temporary steel casings will be
determined after each geotechnical investigation.
— Ground Floor Structure — Structure Floor Over Crawl Space
— Typical perimeter grade beam: Formed 16-inch wide by 72-inch (total) deep
concrete beam with 40 lbs. of reinforcing per foot with a retained void space
below. Brick ledge elevations will be adjusted as required for final grading to allow
a maximum of 6-inches of exposed grade beam.
— Provide a minimum three-inch thick mud slab in the crawl space. Slope the grade
in the crawl space to grade and to provide approximately 3’-6” clear under the
structure.
— Structured ground floor over crawlspace may consist of the following:
— Cast-in-place concrete ‘skip’ pan joist floor system with 25-inch total system
depth (5-inch thick slab plus 20-inch deep pans) and approximate 8 PSF total
average reinforcing. Concrete joists are anticipated to be six-inches wide
by 25 inches deep and spaced at 6’-0” on center. Interior concrete girders
are anticipated to be 36 to 48 inches wide by 25 inches deep and spaced at
approximately 28 feet on center.
— Elevated Second Floor Structure
— Three and a half (3.5) inches thick, normal weight concrete slab on a 3-inch deep
x 20-gauge galvanized composite metal deck (6-1/2 inches total slab thickness)
and WWF 6x6-W2.9xW2.9 reinforcing. At interior girders additional top
reinforcing comprised of #4 (8’-0”) at 12-inches on center to mitigate slab cracks
Space Planning and Programming
Our master plan team provided the programming consultant (FPC) with initial square
footages for new construction and additions and the associated programming that
those spaces would be used for. We reviewed the initial assumptions with them and
determined more appropriate square footages. The master plan team also consulted
TCC’s Education Specifications for the 3G8P requirements of spaces as well as the
sizing of existing facilities. Additionally, other facilities with similar programming at
other institutions were considered as well as the needs of certain programs to grow in
the future based on the demographic and workforce analysis that was provided by the
programming consultant for each campus and program.
Once these were reviewed, more distinct programming for each new construction or
addition was created. These spreadsheets were then provided to both TCC and the
programming consultant for review and approval. As stated previously, the master plan
is a working document and these are the current recommendations. If these need to
change then that can be accommodated.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
CART PARKING
Carts are a common means of transportation at many TCC campuses, and these
campuses see many carts parked at building entrances and other significant entry/exit
points. Cart parking solutions should be an integral part of the master plan to ensure the
separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as well as increased safety for students,
faculty, staff, and campus visitors.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND RE-PURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
12
+ VOLUME II
13
DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
STORM DRAINAGE AND PIPING
Roof Drainage shall be a combination of gutters and downspouts and internal roof drains
with overflow drains or Roof drains with cast iron body and dome shall be provided. Storm
drainage piping below grade shall be schedule 40 PVC pipe. Storm drainage above slab
shall be service weight cast iron with no-hub joints, heavy duty couplings and drainage
pattern fittings.
POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION
A domestic water main is required for this project. Potable water below grade within the
building shall be type K copper, with no joints allowed below building. Potable water above
slab shall be type L copper, with no-lead solder joints. All CW and HW piping insulated per
IECC. HW shall be supplied to fixtures at 110-130F within 15 seconds.
NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION
Natural gas shall be provided with meter assembly in the service yard area. Natural gas
piping below grade and outside the building shall be yellow polyethylene with socket heat
fusion weld fittings. Natural gas piping above ground shall be seamless schedule 40 black
steel.
PLUMBING FIXTURES
Fixtures shall be of type and mounting height to comply with Texas Government Code,
Chapter 469 with effective date of March 2012. Water closets shall be of the flush valve
type, wall hung on cast iron carriers. Lavatories and wash fountains shall be of the wall
hung type on concealed arm carriers. Drinking fountains shall have integral chilling units.
Fixtures shall have the following maximum flow rates: Lavatories – 0.5 GPM; Showers – 1.5
GPM; Toilets – 1.28 GPF; Urinals – 0.125 GPF.
DOMESTIC WATER HEATING
Electric, tank type water heaters with recirculating pump(s) shall be provided at other
areas throughout the facility. Hot water shall be stored at 140F temperature and be
distributed as required. Point of use mixing valves shall be provided at each fixture for
temperature regulation.
Fire Protection
Applicable Codes and Design Standards
— International Building Code — latest edition
— NFPA 1 and NFPA 101 — latest edition
— NFPA 13 — latest edition
SPRINKLER SYSTEM
A fire water main will be required. All areas of the building shall be provided with fully
automatic fire sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13. Fire sprinkler piping will use a
combination of schedule 40 pipe and schedule 10 pipe with appropriate fittings and
pressure control devices. Chrome free standing fire department connections shall be
provided in an accessible location on site adjacent to fire lane. Line from connection to
building will be dry. Pressure regulating valves shall be provided where system pressure
exceeds 150 PSIG. Pressure restricting devices shall be included for all hose outlets
where pressure exceeds 100 PSIG. Fire sprinkler piping will be supported with hangers
and supports attached to structure. The need for a fire pump and or a break tank will be
evaluated once a flow test is performed.
Plumbing
Applicable Codes and Design Standards
— International Building Code — latest edition
— International Plumbing Code — latest edition
— IECC — latest edition
— Fixtures utilized shall be in compliance with Texas Water Conservation requirements.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT
Sanitary drains are required at several locations and will be sized as required as they exit
the building footprint. Waste and vent piping above slab shall be service weight cast iron
(bell and spigot or no-hub). Waste and vent piping below grade shall be schedule 40 PVC
pipe for building services.
Mechanical
APPLICABLE CODES AND DESIGN STANDARDS
— International Building Code latest edition
— International Mechanical Code latest edition
— IECC latest edition
— ASHRAE 62.1 – latest edition
— ASHRAE 55.1 – latest edition
BUILDING HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA
— Outdoor Conditions:
— Summer — 96/77 °F DB/WB
— Winter — 27 °F DB
— Ambient conditions for air cooled equipment — 100 °F DB
— Indoor Conditions:
— Summer — 75 °F DB
— Winter — 72 °F DB
— Relative Humidity — 50 – 55%
— Noise Criteria
— Indoor noise criteria — 25 – 40 NC
— Other considerations
— HVAC design shall emphasize on energy efficiency, proper ventilation (per
ASHRAE), thermal comfort, and controllability.
HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN DESCRIPTION
The HVAC system shall consist of a four-pipe heating and cooling distribution system.
New buildings shall evaluate the existing campus hydronic loop capacitates and tie
to this system as available. If capacities are not available then a standalone plant shall
be provided or upgrades to the central plant shall be made. Discussions with campus
facilities shall dictate this direction.
Variable flow chilled water pumps shall be placed in the building. Hot water condensing
boilers shall be provided with constant flow primary circulators and variable speed
secondary pumping system. The air side system shall consist of a variable air volume air
handling unit with series fan powered VAV terminal units with heating coils to serve all
areas. Outside air shall be pre-treated in 100% variable outside air units in a piggyback
configuration.
Variable speed drives shall be provided for all air handling units. A new DDC building
automation system shall be provided and connected to the campus wide system.
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
Supply, return, and exhaust ductwork shall be fabricated of galvanized steel in
compliance with SMACNA standards. Supply and return ductwork shall be internally
lined within 15 feet of air handling unit. Return air boots shall be lined. All other supply
and return ductwork shall be externally insulated. Air devices shall be aluminum. Inline
exhaust fans shall be used for bathrooms exhaust to louvers.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
All HVAC water distribution piping shall be black steel, with screw joints on 2" and smaller
piping, welded or flanged mechanical joints on 2-1/2" and larger piping. HVAC water
distribution shall include circulating pumps, vibration isolation devices, flow control and
isolation valves. Underground HVAC water distribution pipe shall be pre-insulated type
with polyurethane foam insulation.
CONTROLS AND IMPLEMENTATION
The HVAC system shall be provided with energy management and DDC controls system.
Energy Management and control system shall utilize BACnet protocol Direct Digital
Controls with web access. Demand Control Ventilation shall be provided in all areas. MDF/
IDF rooms shall be provided with VRF split systems for 24 hour operations. Stairwells
shall be provided with separate four-pipe fan coil units.
14 15
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
WIRING
All wiring shall be copper with THHN/THWN-2 insulation.
WIRING DEVICES
Provide gray Hubbell, Leviton or Pass and Seymour industrial wiring devices. All
receptacles shall be 20-amp. All cover plates shall be stainless steel. USB type outlets
shall be provided in public areas.
120 VOLT BRANCH CONDUITS
Provide one (1) circuit per two (2) offices, one (1) circuit per 100 feet of corridor, one (1)
per mechanical and electrical room. Provide circuits for MDF and IDF’s. Provide circuits
for sound reinforcing, intercommunication, and audio-visual systems.
LIGHTING
Lighting shall utilize LED fixtures, recessed in public areas, chain hung in utility areas.
The lighting control system shall allow the campus to locally or centrally schedule,
monitor, and adjust the lighting on a room by room basis via IP address and a standard
web browser. Lighting control system for offices, storage rooms, restrooms etc. shall
be provided with digital occupancy sensors. Lighting controls for corridors, common
areas, multi-purpose and dining room shall be on digital occupancy sensors tied back
to Wattstopper lighting relay panel. Manual-on vacancy sensor shall be used for any
enclosed office, conference room, or meeting rooms. Photo-sensors shall be used
for all areas requiring daylight harvesting control per code. Commons area shall be
programmed for on/off photo-sensor control of day-lit zone lighting and classrooms
shall be programmed for dimming photo-sensor control of day-lit lighting zone. Exterior
lighting shall use lighting contactors controlled by Wattstopper relay panels.
EMERGENCY SYSTEMS
A natural gas Cummins generator shall be provided with two (2) automatic transfer
switches and one (1) remote annunciator. Life safety branch shall include emergency
lighting, fire alarm intercom and security systems. Equipment branch shall include server
room equipment.
Electrical
APPLICABLE CODES AND DESIGN STANDARDS
— A DA
— International Building Code – latest edition
— National Electrical Code – latest edition
— IECC – latest edition
— NFPA – latest edition
POWER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
Main switchboard shall be 480Y/277 volt 3-phase, 4-wire, 65,000 AIC with a main circuit
breaker and digital meter. Provide surge protection device. 480 Y/277 volt 3-phase,
4-wire, 65,000 AIC panels located to distribute lighting and power throughout the building
at no more than 400 feet apart. 208Y/120 volt 3-phase, 4-wire 10,000 AIC, double
neutral, panels located to distribute power throughout the building no more than 200 feet
apart. Each panel board to have surge protection device. All switchgear shall be Square
D, Eaton, or General Electric. Provide 0° and 30° phase shift PQI harmonic mitigating
transformer with aluminum winding to service each 208Y/120-volt panel.
SERVICE LATERAL
Provide red concrete encased schedule 40 PVC conduit service lateral from pad
mounted transformer to the main switchboard.
RACEWAYS
Raceways shall be Schedule 40 PVC for underground feeders. Provide electrical metallic
tubing and rigid metallic tubing (where exposed to potential damage) for all above ground,
indoor applications. MC cable and AC cable are not permitted. Flexible metallic conduit or
Sealtite shall be permitted only for connections to vibrating equipment such as motors.
Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC) is not permitted. MC cable may be used for fixture
whips to individual light fixtures. Schedule 40 PVC shall be used for underground conduit
serving Parking lot lighting. Provide PVC coated rigid for raceways routed through slab on
grade.
Communications
APPLICABLE CODES AND DESIGN STANDARDS
— Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronics Industry Association
— TIA Telecommunications Building Wiring Standards in every respect.
— ANSI/TIA-568-C.0 and C1 Standards, Commercial Building Wiring Standard
— ANSI/TIA-569-A Standard, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces.
— ANSI/TIA-570 Standard, Residential and Light Commercial Building Wiring Standard.
— ANSI/TIA-606 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of
Commercial Buildings
— ANSI/TIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications
— Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Standards
— Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
— UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment
— National Electrical Code (NEC) (Latest revision and pertinent addendum)
— National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications (Latest revision and pertinent
addendum)
MAIN DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ROOM (MDF)
MDF room sizing shall conform to BICSI recommended sizing standards based on
building use and square footage served with accommodation for a minimum of 50%
future growth in rack space. Minimum room size is 9' x 10' for new construction. All
sleeves, slots and conduit entrances shall be fire stopped and smoke ingress limited.
All walls will be lined from 12” AFF to 108” AFF with fire resistant AC grade ¾” plywood.
Plywood shall be permanently fastened to the walls with wall anchors. Each plywood
panel, except for the fire resistance rating seal will be painted in a light color with two
coats of paint. Overhead cable tray will be placed six inches off the walls and pass over
the tops of the cabinets. Floors, walls, and ceiling shall be treated to minimize dust.
Finishes shall be light in color to enhance room lighting. Floors shall have anti-static
properties. Lighting layout to be coordinated with the equipment cabinets and rack
locations.
— Electrical Criteria:
— Quadraplex power receptacles dedicated to the service of the telecom room
(i.e., not shared with other loads) on each primary wall of the telecom room, two
quadraplex power receptacles power circuit.
— UPS power for all telecom room loads (racks and wallfields) with the exception of
the lighting within the space.
— Power needs per telco rack include one L5-20R receptacle mounted behind the
rack on the overhead ladder rack; server racks will receive one L5-20R and one
L21-20R receptacle mounted behind the rack on the overhead ladder rack.
— The lighting circuit shall be fed from a power panel other than from within the
communications room.
— The lighting shall be an integrated switch/sensor control that is located at the
entrance of the room. Additional sensors may be required to sense that the room
is occupied.
— Luminares shall be installed at a minimum height of 9'-0" AFF and in the middle of
all aisles.
— Communications room illumination shall be uniform throughout the room at a
minimum of 500 lux (50 foot candles) measuring 3'-0" AFF in all aisles.
— Communications rooms shall have emergency lighting and signs installed such
that the absence of primary lighting will not hamper emergency exit.
— Mechanical (HVAC/Operating Temperature) Criteria:
— The HVAC shall be continuous (24 hours per day and 365 days per year).
Redundant HVAC systems shall be installed for the equipment room (MDF) and,
where possible, for each telecommunications room (IDF).
— Where a standby (emergency) power source is available, the HVAC system
serving the room should be connected to the standby (emergency) supply.
— Monitoring sensors shall be installed in communications rooms.
— A positive pressure shall be maintained with a minimum of one air change per
hour.
— Temperature: 18 – 27 °C (64 – 81 °F)
— Maximum Relative Humidity (RH): 60%
— Minimum Dew Point: 5.5 °C (42 °F)
— Maximum Dew Point: 15 °C (59 °F)
16 17
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
STRUCTURED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM
The horizontal cabling system shall be Category 6. Backbone System Cable: Each IDF will
connect to the MDF with a 12-strand OS2 single mode armored clad fiber and a 25-pair
Category 3 UTP cable. The OS2 fiber will be tight buffered distribution type cable. The
multi-pair Category 3 UTP cable shall be 24 AWG, arranged in one 25-pair binder group.
The OS2 fiber cable shall be terminated in the MDF and IDFs onto rack mounted fiber
termination panels using duplex connectors (type to be coordinated with the campus
staff). Duplex LC type connectors are recommended.
— Fiber Optic Cabling
— Fiber Optic Cabling Options
— 9 um OS2 24 Strand Fiber OSP Fiber. Panduit Number: FSTN924
— 50 um OM4 12 Strand Fiber OSP Fiber. Panduit Number: FOTNZ12
— 9 um OS2 6 Strand Fiber OSP Fiber. Panduit Number: FSTN906
— 50 um OM4 6 Strand Fiber OSP Fiber. Panduit Number: FOTNZ06
— 24 Strand 50-micron OM3 Multimode OSP fiber. Panduit Part Number: FOTNX24
— 6 Strand 50-micron OM3 Multimode OSP fiber. Panduit Part Number: FOTNX06
— 12 Strand Singlemode OSP fiber. Panduit Part Number: FSTN912
— 6 Strand Singlemode OSP fiber. Panduit Part Number: FSTN906
— 6 Strand plenum rated single mode armored fiber from the MDF Room to the Fire
Alarm Cabinet and terminate at each end for Fire Alarm Service.
Should cable availability become an issue due to excessive manufacturer lead times,
approved equal fiber optic cabling manufactured by Corning may be submitted for Owner
consideration. Owner must approve substitution prior to ordering or installation.
All fiber optic cable with loose tube construction installed underground shall be gel-filled
or be constructed of appropriate waterproofing compounds. All newly installed fiber
optic cable shall be placed inside the fiber optic innerduct. Fiber optic cables shall always
have minimum 20 feet of service loop at the terminating ends and all approved splice
points. Place service loops with large bend radii neatly bundled on walls or attached on
the bottom side of ladder trays in "figure-eight" configuration.
— Fire Protection Criteria:
— Each communications room shall be equipped with fire detection, fire-
extinguishing system and prevention devices. The fire detection devices shall be
installed to the building fire alarm system.
— It’s preferable that the fire sprinkler system for the communications rooms be a
dry, pre-action system.
— Wire cages shall be installed on all sprinkler heads within the room.
— The location of the sprinkler heads shall be positioned so that it is not over
equipment. Where sprinkler heads are positioned over equipment, drainage
troughs shall be installed to protect electronic equipment from possible leakage.
INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ROOM (IDF)
MDF room sizing shall conform to BICSI recommended sizing standards based on
building use and square footage served with accommodation for a minimum of 50%
future growth in rack space. Minimum room size is 9' x 10' for new construction. IDF rooms
shall be vertically stacked in multi-story buildings and spaced per the campus design
guidelines.
IDF rooms will be located in each building to prevent the possibility of any single copper
wire exceeding the limits as defined in the Division 27 specifications. The maximum
horizontal distance shall be 295 feet with no exception without Owner approval.
BUILDING BACKBONE AND HORIZONTAL CABLING PATHWAY
SYSTEMS
The backbone cabling between the MDF and IDFs as well as the horizontal Category 6
cable to the MDF and IDFs shall be supported using properly sized non-continuous cable
supports (J hooks) of the type described in the Division 27 specifications. The cable
types will be grouped and loosely secured using plenum rated hook and eye type cable
straps. Non-continuous Supports: Non-continuous supports shall be located at intervals
not to exceed 1.5 m (5 ft.)
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING SYSTEM
A uniform telecommunications grounding and bonding system shall be provided
in accordance with ANSI/TIA - 607-C, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings.
LOCAL SOUND SYSTEM
The local sound system shall deliver clean, undistorted, full-range response from
20Hz to 20kHz with sufficient power to maintain a level of 100db across the listening
area. Speaker and amplifier selection will be dependent on size of room. All sound
reinforcement system will be presentation. The system will be equipped with audio tools
including equalizers, compressors, speaker delay help mitigate audio issues such as
feedback and distortion to achieve successful presenter/performance audio levels.
AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEM (AVS)
The AVS shall consist of audio/video cabling as required to connect video displays to
local video sources as required. The system shall include video displays consisting of
LED wall mounted flat panels, ceiling/wall mounted projectors, local sound amplification
and audio/video routing equipment in the meeting/training room, not including any call
center requirements. AV equipment and cabling is to be provided by the owner. Rough
ins and required network connections to be provided as part of the project. At minimum,
the inclusion of HDMI and USB connections to support connectivity for user laptop
computers is recommended. The design team shall confirm connectivity requirements at
the time of the design of each individual project.
Security and Fire Alarm
ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEM
The electronic security system consists of access control, video surveillance, and
intrusion detection systems integrated together to form a single operational security
management platform. The system shall implement open hardware and software
standards. Design of any of the access control, video surveillance, and intrusion
detection system shall be performed in collaboration with the latest TCC technical
guideline specifications, security device placement matrix, building reno/demo security
system protocol, and recommendations contained in the TCC Security Master Plan.
The system shall conform to design details related to back up power, grounding, wiring,
installation, and testing. Components shall be UL. The system components shall
be readily available from commonly sourced and certified security system dealers/
integrators. All monitoring is done at the Security Monitoring Center and at each campus
police department.
FIRE ALARM WITH VOICE EVACUATION
Shall be designed in full compliance with NFPA. Provide a stand-alone system, not
dependent on the public-address system for reporting or notification functions. System
shall include multi-criteria smoke detectors, pull stations, A/V devices (speakers and
strobes) heat detectors, and other devices as required by code. Each initiation device
shall have its own address to identify the exact location of the fire alarm device. System
shall include remote annunciation, sprinkler system supervision, and operation of life
safety systems, and intelligent microprocessor control with field programmable software.
System shall tie back to campus central station.
ACCESS CONTROL
The access control system standard consists of multi-technology contactless card
readers, electrified mortise locks/electrified panic hardware, door position switches,
and request to exit devices with associated UL listed “open architecture” control panels
and power supplies housed in a shared enclosure. Code egress requirements will be
coordinated with local jurisdiction requirements. The access control system will support
Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) interfaces.
ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE
The video surveillance system standard shall consist of IP based digital cameras, video
management software, video storage systems interconnect with data cable following
data cable standards. System will record and retain video content for a minimum of 45-
days unless tagged for longer retention.
Camera coverage shall include the following locations: exterior entrances, corridors,
stairs, building perimeters, exterior pathways and courtyards, service yard and parking
18 19
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
stream. Video should be capable of having non-subjects-of-interest’s faces
blurred when using video as evidence in a legal proceeding.
— License Plate Reader – The services should be able to read and catalog
license plates for recall, alerting or event management.
— Safety and Response – Services should include monitoring and detection at
the campus building level by implementing camera analytics that focus on
public health and safety, such as slip and fall detection, object recognition,
license plate recognition, gunshot, or explosion sensors, etc. and triggering
event notifications.
— Parking Lot Management (where applicable) - Monitor vehicle traffic using
camera analytics, parking sensors, or other control systems to provide
vehicle counts in designated areas.
— Integration with current Access Control System (Lenel) – Our current access
control system is from Lenel. Integration with this application is important
and can either be accomplished through a direct integration, through an API
or through alternate means that are efficient and effective. The integration
method must be clearly defined, and any costs associated with the
integration must be clearly defined in the response.
— Camera Requirements
— Video Recording – All cameras should have the following capabilities:
— High-definition recording in one of the following formats: 1080p, 1440p,
2160p, or Equivalent in MP. A camera matrix with suggested use areas and
recording capabilities is required.
— Integrated Solid-State Storage – Vendor needs to outline the options for 30-
90 days of internal storage.
— Encrypted Storage and Transport – Vendor to explain how cameras store and
encrpyt data at rest and video during transmission.
— Power over Ethernet – All cameras must be powered using PoE technology.
Vendor to provide power requirements for each camera model. Vendor to
provide pricing for any optional power injectors that are available.
— Additional or Optional Features – Vendor to provide description of any
features that are unique to their camera options.
— Support, Warranty, Maintenance, and Updates – Cameras should come
with a minimum 5-year warranty. Additional weight in consideration will be
lots. Locations and specific camera types (resolution, field of view, multi-imager, PTZ,
etc.) for each area to be reviewed will be based on scene requirements defined by pixels
per foot on target and approved by campus during design phase.
— Cloud Based Services
— The current infrastructure required to support a high-resolution video
surveillance management system (VMS) is expensive and time consuming
to plan, implement and maintain. TCC is looking for a high-resolution video
surveillance management system that does not incur the huge amounts of
storage and network bandwidth of the on-campus technologies that are
currently in use.
— The successful vendor will be able to show the following technologies within their
solution, provide alternatives or a roadmap for meeting these requirements:
— Ease of Use – Consisting of a centralized, single pane-of-glass user interface,
overall management for video review, user or role based provisioning, and
alert setup.
— Video Review – Quickly find, review, extract, and store video.
— User or Role Base Provisioning – From administrator to general user, all users
or roles should be capable of being provisioned from a simple user interface.
— SAML or SSO capable – User accounts should be tied back to TCC’s Active
Directory services for authentication and application access control. Options
for integrating Multifactor Authentication (MFA) should be inherent in the
service.
— Alert Setup and Management – Alerts or event triggers and notifications
must be capable of being sent via email or sms at a minimum. Alerts should
be capable of being set up based on time-of-day, geographical location, and/
or sound above a specified decibel level.
— Mobile Device App or Interface – Access to video must be browser or
application based (Android or iOS devices) from both on and off College
properties in accordance with user’s role and authentication.
— Video Analytics – The ability to isolate items of interest and track their
movements across the College both in stored and live video streams.
— Video Blurring or Redaction – Service should include the ability to isolate on a
specific subject or area withing the video stream. Area(s) that are considered
high security should be capable of being blurred or redacted within the
given to devices with longer warranty. Vendor to explain support, warranty,
maintenance, and update schedule. If any additional fees are charged, Vendor
to provide breakdown for each fee, what is covered, and for how long.
INTRUSION DETECTION
The intrusion detection system shall consist of motion detection sensors, glass break
detectors, door contacts, duress alarms, power supplies, and panels. Intrusion detection
panels shall be supported by the access control system manufacturer.
Information Technology
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INFRASTRUCTURE
Each cable should be installed with a 20 foot service loop at the access point end. The
cables should be terminated with a 8P8C outlet in a two-port surface-mount plenum-
grade box. For proper distribution/coverage, wireless access points should be located in
ceilings, as long as the ceiling height is not greater than 14'-0" AFF. For conditions when
the ceiling is greater than 14'-0" AFF, wireless access points should be wall mounted
between approximately 12'-0" - 14'-0" AFF.
For exterior applications, in many cases the access point shall have to be wall-mounted;
ensure backbox and conduit sleeve are within 12'-0" - 14'-0" AFG. Outdoor coverage
around the exterior of the building shall be provided for all high-user areas and where
practical in other areas. In general, perimeter wireless coverage of each planned building
should be accounted for; focus should be given to gathering areas and high-traffic
pedestrian pathways. Outdoor wireless coverage may require building exterior wall
penetration, mounting of antennas on the building exterior and underground pathways
to strategic WAP outdoor mounting locations such as emergency call boxes and signs.
Proper installation and mounting of the wireless access points may result in the devices
with moderate to high visibility. Mounting above a hard deck ceiling in proximity to metal
building components, HVAC ducts, etc. can diminish the wireless signal.
All wireless cabling must be CAT 6A with a termination designation color code violet part
#PANDUIT CJ6X88TGVL.
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT OVERLAY GENERAL DESIGN
The wireless overlay design for the building and/or area of renovation should be the
responsibility of the Technology Designer of Record (T-DoR) for the project.
— Key Guidelines
— Should be located 1'-6" from perimeter walls and columns.
— Interior APs should be placed with two walls maximum between AP locations.
— Do not place in corridors to avoid co-channel interference.
The T-DoR shall work with the TCC Information Technology team to obtain product
information on the current equipment and wireless access points being deployed.
Current equipment include:
— Interior - Wi-Fi 6 Cisco 9166 Tri-Band (2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, 6 GHz)
— Cisco 9166 is omni-directional.
— Ethernet backhaul, no mesh.
— Exterior - Cisco 9124 Directional Antenna
The T-DoR shall also coordinate with TCC IT on the deployment of carrier neutral Cellular
Distributed Antenna System (DAS) technologies. Coordination with the DAS vendor on
infrastructure needs to support their systems.
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT OVERLAY DESIGN PROCESS
At the beginning of the project (i.e. Programming or Schematic design), the T-DoR shall
perform the following tasks:
— For existing buildings/renovations, review the existing conditions and identify
locations of wireless access points within the area of renovation, and specifically
notate the model number and quantities.
— For both renovation and new construction, review the programmatic spaces within
the project scope and make specific notes of any spaces which may require additional
wireless consideration. This would include high-occupancy gathering areas such as
auditoriums, classrooms, and interior or exterior gathering spaces.
— Via the respective deliverable for that phase of the project, notate the wireless goals
for the project and existing conditions.
20 21
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Periodic site walks are to be performed by the T-DoR in conjunction with TCC IT to ensure
conditions and installation are progressing in accordance with established design
standards. Recommended site walks to occur during overhead rough-in, above ceiling
cover-up (which may require multiple walks due to construction phasing), and substantial
completion.
OUTSIDE PLANT PATHWAYS (OSP)
The infrastructure to support new facilities must be scalable and flexible to
accommodate the growth and development of a campus. Scalable in that it will need to
be designed so that it can be added to easily without creating bottlenecks in the pathway
system between buildings and from manholes to individual buildings. It will need to be
flexible in that the pathway system should be of sufficient size/capacity so that new
cabling can be added, with old cabling removed when no longer needed.
Typical OSP connectivity to new buildings on a respective campus to include a minimum
of four 4" diameter conduits routed from the nearest available telecommunications
manhole (TMH) to the building's new MDF. Additional manhole(s) or intermediate
pullboxes may be necessary to ensure accessibility and to support future growth/
development.
Some campuses utilize utility distribution tunnels between buildings. When available,
new service cabling should be routed within the tunnels. Where feasible with
construction funds, utility tunnels should be extended to new buildings; this effort would
be in conjunction with the MEP engineers on the respective project team.
Dual service feeds to each campus is desired. Service feeds should be both diverse and
resilient in their routing and entry to the campus. Intercampus connections and service
provider connections should, where feasible, use separate infrastructure pathways from
the point of origination to the destination.
During subsequent design iterations (i.e. Design Development to completed
Construction Documents), the T-DoR shall perform the following tasks:
— Utilizing predictive modelling software, develop heat-maps showing wireless overlay
coverage for the building and/or area of renovation.
— Calculations should take into account wall construction, occupancy density, ceiling
heights and reflected ceiling types.
— Heat maps should be shared with TCC IT for their review and comment. Based upon
the evolution of the design of a building/area of renovation, the T-DoR may need to
revise the heat maps accordingly. These will need to be distributed to TCC IT for review
and approval. Heat map PDFs and original source files shall be made available to TCC
IT for their use and records.
— Once the locations are approved, the T-DoR shall coordinate/finalize locations with
the architectural design team. Due to the iterative and evolving nature of the design
of these facilities/projects, this coordination should occur routinely during the Design
Development and Construction Document phases of the project.
— It is recommended that the wireless access point locations be shown primarily on the
technology series of drawings for exact placement and structured cable routing. They
should be shown secondarily on the architectural reflected ceiling plans (RCPs) for
identification and future coordination with the general contractor.
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT OVERLAY CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The Structured Cabling Subcontractor (SCS) shall include in their submittal package the
following items:
— Shop drawings notating wireless access point locations, both interior and exterior.
Reproduction of the T-DoR documents does not constitute the development of shop
drawings. Shop drawings shall indicate cable routing and estimated cable length,
including service loops
— Installation details for any special conditions.
— As-built documentation shall be made available to TCC IT for their use in the
installation/deployment of the wireless access points.
During the course of construction, any Requests For Information (RFI) related to the
wireless infrastructure (including but not limited to coordination, device location, routing,
etc.) shall include TCC IT in the RFI distribution for visibility. The T-DoR shall coordinate a
response to the RFI with TCC IT.
Telecommunications Outside Plant (OSP) cabling to consist of the following:
— Data Network (Voice, Data, Wireless, as well as network connectivity to support
Audiovisual systems) connectivity:
— 24 strands of single-mode OSP rated fiber
— 12 strands of OM4 multi-mode OSP rated fiber
— Building Control Network (Building Automation Systems (BAS), Electronic Security
(access control and surveillance), fire alarm control panel connectivity, and other
energy related monitoring or control systems):
— 6 strands of single-mode OSP rated fiber for connectivity to the fire alarm control
panel/system.
— 6 strands of multi-mode OM4 OSP rated fiber for connectivity to the fire alarm
control panel/system.
Via a separate RFP process, TCC IT is working with a vendor to assess/inventory all
existing fiber conditions/distribution on all campuses. This assessment will encompass
pathways, cabling, and support issues (MEP needs).
— Assessment efforts would include an inventorying of systems, followed by qualitative
assessment of systems and a determination as the projected lifespan or viability of the
system.
— Thereafter, a conclusion should be reached in conjunction with other technology
needs and programmatic goals as to the next steps (leave as-is, replace, upgrade).
With the increasing prevalence of Power-Over-Ethernet (PoE) systems, power
consumption/loads per switches needs to be monitored and evaluated. TCC IT will review
separately the networking equipment deployment in the MDFs/IDFs on the respective
campuses.
With any planned cabling upgrades, remediation or removal of existing abandoned
cabling should be factored into the process. Abandoned cabling is identified as
disconnected cabling, without a tag or identification as to its function. Removing this
cabling, frees up valuable pathways and streamlines the on-going structured cabling
management. Phasing the removal of the abandoned cabling would be in conjunction
with the planned new construction or renovations; unused cabling will/may not be able to
be removed until the new construction or renovation is completed.
22 23
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Campus Level Design Guidelines
The campus level Design Guidelines sub-section focuses on establishing detailed
guidance for the College as it seeks to implement the master plan phasing in the future.
This guidance is intended to be holistic and covers the entire anticipated scope of the
master plan phasing implementation from building design to landscape treatment. The
guidelines have been established through a thorough review of the College’s existing
standards and the experience of the industry experts that make up the master plan team.
The master plan team consultants have provided detailed outlines for each phase
regarding the anticipated scope of work and any anticipated work that may occur. These
outlines seek to elevate the College to a consistent experience for any community
member, student, staff, or faculty that engages with each campus.
These guidelines reference guidelines outlined in the college level Design Guidelines
section to provide the baseline standard for any future work that the College seeks to
perform. Designers of future projects that the College engages in should reference
these guidelines as a basis for implementation. Much like the master plan phasing, the
master plan team understands that over time campuses and the College’s standards may
change. These guidelines are based on the most up-to-date standards and conditions,
and recommend that any future endeavors ensure that they coordinate with the College
to apply any applicable updates.
NORTHEAST CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
The master plan for the Northeast
Campus proposes a new science building
and explores its connection to the
existing campus framework.
24 25
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
South Campus
Design Guidelines
North
SOUTH CAMPUS SITE PLAN
Master Plan Landscape Plan 0' 100' 200' 400'
26 27
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainabilit y
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
It is the campus’ desire to create a second central plant to serve the West side of the
campus. This will relieve load on the existing central plant. Existing central plant is three
900 ton mag bearing chillers and three new cooling towers. System is a variable primary
system.
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
VEHICLE PATHS AND TRAFFIC
The campus is bound by four roadways, Campus Drive to the West, Joe B. Rushing Road
to the North, C.A. Roberson Boulevard to the East, and Interstate Highway 20 to the
South. Each of the roadways offers vehicular connectivity to the campus.
PEDESTRIAN PATHS AND TRAFFIC
There are no sidewalks that connect to any of the main roadways, so pedestrian
connectivity will originate from either the parking lots or drop off areas. There are public
bus stops located on the East side off of C.A. Roberson Boulevard, on the North side off
of Joe B. Rushing Road and on the South side of the campus off an internal drive.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
CART PARKING
Carts are a common means of transportation at many TCC campuses, and these
campuses see many carts parked at building entrances and other significant entry/exit
points. Cart parking solutions should be an integral part of the master plan to ensure the
separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as well as increased safety for students,
faculty, staff, and campus visitors.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
Existing outside plant fiber distribution between buildings to facilities needs to be
replaced/upgraded. There is an existing utility tunnel with supporting utility racking
28 29
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
to campus identity while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its
programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
MEP
Campus staff desires a central plant be created on the West side of campus to serve
existing buildings and new construction. Phase 1 shall be connected to new central plant.
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
which interconnects buildings that is available to facilitate the distribution of services.
Schematic routing of the tunnels is included in Appendix E. Extension of the utility tunnels
to new buildings should be a consideration to facility utility (MPET) connections.
Dependent upon the application of the Master Plan and order in which buildings are
constructed/demolished/renovated, the supporting fiber distribution to those facilities
would need to be evaluated for upgrading.
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
Currently on the campus, AT&T has provided a patch connection between the
Administration, Counseling, and Testing Building (SACT) and Library (SLIB) in lieu of
running a new line. As such, existing service equipment resides in the Administration,
Counseling, and Testing Building (SACT).
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised, two-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby, Student Lounge, and
student success spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and
quality and reinforce identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Onboarding Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
In phase 1, a new Onboarding Building is proposed to be constructed. The utility conflicts
that may occur are a fiber optic line, a water line, and an irrigation line. As far as utility
connections to the proposed building, the most challenging will be sanitary sewer and
storm drainage due to their distance and the number of utilities that lie between them
and the proposed facility. The sanitary sewer may be challenging depending on the depth
and capacity of the sewer line servicing the Center of Excellence for Energy Technology
Building (SETC). During phase 2 when the Administration, Counseling, and Testing
Building (SACT) and Testing Portable (SMTC) are demolished, some of the utilities may
need to be rerouted to keep other buildings utilities in service.
There is also a proposed parking lot for the proposed building. The parking ingress and
egress locations should have enough distance from the main drive to the West that
connects the college campus to Campus Drive to prevent congestion and allow safe
vehicular movements in and out of the proposed parking lot.
Landscape
The space plan North of the new Onboarding building is an opportunity for a quad,
welcome plaza, or similar space to catch the attention of visitors and welcome them into
FDPSXV([LVWLQJWUHHVVKRXOGEHSUHVHUYHGLQWKHGHYHORSPHQWRIDQHZFDPSXVHQWU\
Information Technology
Existing AT&T service line to be relocated as part of this phase. Coordination with the
service provider will be necessary to minimize the amount of the downtime and ensuring
that the line is routed correctly, as previously requested by TCC IT of AT&T.
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four 4"
diameter conduits. Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified. Confirm with
TCC on how far down below grade existing foundations, such as concrete piers, shall be
demolished or if existing foundations are required to be completely removed. Complete
removal of foundations adds demolition costs.
MEP
Renovations shall be in accordance with new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
30 31
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
MEP
New building shall be connected to new central plant. Systems shall follow new
construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Proposed in phase 2 are the demolition of the Administration, Counseling, and Testing
Building (SACT) as well as the Testing Portable (SMTC). When demolishing the existing
Administration, Counseling, and Testing Building (SACT) as well as the Testing Portable
(SMTC), there are several water lines, sanitary sewer lines, storm drain lines, and
underground electric lines that connect to both structures. Also, some of these lines
connect from these two buildings to the nearby Library (SLIB). Given this, the lines will
need to be determined if they are only for the use of this facility or if used by others. Some
of the utilities then will need to remain in service after the buildings have been removed.
Landscape
Enrollment Services Building (SERS) to undergo landscape and paving updates at Library
6/,% ,QFRUSRUDWHDSOD]DZLWKVKDGHVLWHIXUQLWXUHDQGHQKDQFHGSODQWLQJ
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed to
ensure that there is not an interruption in service during new construction and demolition.
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised, two-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby and Student Success
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Automotive Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
In phase 3, a new Automotive Building is to be constructed. Within the proposed
building and pavement footprints there are only a gas line and storm drain line that could
be impacted; however, the exact location of these utilities are at this time unknown.
Connectivity to power, water, storm drain, gas, and irrigation should be accomplished
without too much difficulty. Sanitary sewer though, will need to be evaluated as to where
we can make the connection and if the elevations of the existing system will make it
possible. Sanitary sewer will be the most difficult utility to connect to.
The proposed parking entrance/exit on the East side of the proposed building should line
up with the existing parking lot entrance/exit that lies across the drive. Also, the parking
lot can be expanded to the North to match the existing lot on the East.
Landscape
The construction of a new Automotive Building presents an opportunity for including
landscape amenities in the design plan. Such amenities could include a gravel
maintenance band surrounding the building structure, areas for planting (trees, shrubs,
turf), creating a welcoming building entry environment through strategic lighting,
landscape, and hardscape, and using landscape elements to connect the building
visually and functionally to the broader campus network. If space permits, outdoor areas
for gathering/study could exist as part of the building surrounds. C&A recommends
including building screening, especially in/around automotive garage areas, in the design
plan. This phase should also include a general assessment of landscaped areas needing
XSGDWHV
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. A new proposed telecomm. manhole and four 4" conduits to be
constructed for future expansion and connectivity. Condiuts to be stubbed out and
capped and staked. Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified. Confirm with
TCC on how far down below grade existing foundations, such as concrete piers, shall be
demolished or if existing foundations are required to be completely removed. Complete
removal of foundations adds demolition costs.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, ductwork, unit heaters, exhaust
fans and mini splits.
— Replacement of 85 MBH unit heater.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of generator.
— Replacement of domestic water and sanitary sewer piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
32 33
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 5
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, mini splits and exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary sewer piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
In phase 4, the existing Faculty Office Building Cluster (SFOA-SFOF) is to be demolished.
When demolishing the existing building cluster there are several water lines, sanitary
sewer lines, storm drain lines, and underground electric lines that connect to the building
cluster. Also, some of these lines connect from this group of buildings to the nearby
Bookstore (SBKS). Given this, the lines will need to be determined if they are only for the
use of this facility or if used by others. Some of the utilities then will need to remain in
service after the Faculty Office Building Cluster (SFOA-SFOF) has been removed.
Landscape
Landscape design for the renovated Automotive Building (SAUT) should include
removing the existing fence/wall around the building and/or parking areas, or simply
making the visual connection between the two spaces more transparent. Outdoor
gathering/break spaces for faculty/staff should be included, with vegetative screening
employed to buffer outdoor amenities from back-of-house areas. Campus mall update to
EHJLQZLWKSKDVH
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The renovation of the Library (SLIB) creates an opportunity to increase outdoor study
space on campus. Outdoor improvements in this area should include benches and
accessible seating nooks defined by 5’ landscape buffers and sheltered by a combination
of shade and ornamental trees. Additional amenities should include trash/recycling
receptacles, bike parking for at least fifteen (15) bikes, and cart parking for at least two (2)
FDUWV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 6
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, RTUs, FCUS and exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures and air compressor.
— Replacement of fire sprinkler system.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
34 35
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Phase 7
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Art Building (SART) the following upgrades have been identified
as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
During renovation of the Music Classrooms Building (SMUS) the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, and four-pipe hydronic piping.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units and exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of domestic water and sanitary piping.
During renovation of the Recital Hall (SREC) the following upgrades have been identified
as priorities:
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Performing Arts Center (SPAC) renovation plans should include a retaining wall around
the building as well as landscape enhancements (vegetation/shrub planting, ground
cover, and ornamental trees where appropriate, quantities and species to be determined)
and furniture replacement to the plan East of the building. A student outdoor gathering
space, on the plan West of the building, should include a shade structure with overhead
fans, benches, and outdoor lighting. One (1) trash and recycling bin should also be
included in the space. Electrical amenities include Wi-Fi coverage, six (6) charging
VWDWLRQVLQFRUSRUDWHGLQIXUQLWXUHDQGVKDGHVWUXFWXUHVDQGHLJKW HOHFWULFDORXWOHWV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The plaza in the area between the Fine Arts Buildings (SART, SMUS, SREC) should be
updated and improved to include landscape amenities such as renovated concrete
pathways punctuated by paver bands, upgraded planting, and landscape buffers (planted
with a mix of ornamental trees, shrubs, and groundcover – quantities and location to be
determined), ground-mounted furniture, bike parking for at least fifteen (15) bikes, and
cart parking for at least two (2) carts. Landscape improvements and site furniture updates
LQWKLVDUHDVKRXOGUHODWHWRWKHFDPSXVPDOOLPSURYHPHQWVGHVFULEHGLQSKDVH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 8
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Student Union (SSTU) the following upgrades have been
identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, condensing units, and exhaust
fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
During renovation of the Bookstore (SBKS) the following upgrades have been identified
as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units and unit heaters.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
36 37
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Pedestrian thoroughfares through/alongside the mall should be paved with concrete and
punctuated by paver bands. Planting should include a mix of turf, groundcover, shrubs,
and shade and ornamental trees (quantities and locations to be determined).
Accessible seating nooks defined by 5’ landscape buffers and sheltered by ornamental
trees should be incorporated at strategic locations along the mall. Additional amenities
should include trash/recycling receptacles, bike parking, and ground-mounted furniture
ZKHUHDSSURSULDWH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 9
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Electronics Building (SELE) the following upgrades have been
identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, exhaust fans and mini split.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The core campus mall should be strengthened and any open spaces transformed into
lawn spaces highlighted by trees planted at intervals that reinforce the linear aspect of
the area. The mall should connect the North and South ends of campus and intersect with
existing East/West pathways. The space should welcome visitors to the heart of campus
and be an obvious focal point that visually relates to other key spaces.
During renovation of the Mathematics Building (SMTH) the following upgrades have been
identified as priorities:
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units.
— Selected replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Relate landscape improvements to master plan phase 4 campus mall improvements.
2SSRUWXQLW\IRUVWXGHQWVSDFH JDWKHULQJVWXG\LQJ
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 10
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Nursing Building (SNUR) the following upgrades have been
identified as priorities:
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units and unit heaters.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary sewer piping.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
During renovation of the Health Science Building (SHSC) the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, and four-pipe hydronic piping.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, exhaust fans and mini split.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
38 39
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 11
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised,
two-and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby and student study
spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of these buildings the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Selective replacement of exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary sewer piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Address pinch point in between buildings for safety (lighting, visual access, wide
sidewalks). Incorporate landscape and site furniture improvements in between Nursing
%XLOGLQJ 6185 DQG+HDOWK6FLHQFH%XLOGLQJ 6+6&
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Academic Classroom Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
If renovation is preferred, improve landscape areas and site furniture between Academic
Classroom Building Cluster (SACA-SACD). If new building(s) is/are built, tie landscape
improvements to master plan phase 4 Core Mall improvements. Address pinch point from
PDVWHUSODQSKDVH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 12
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Automotive Collision Repair Building (SACR) the following
upgrades have been identified as priorities:
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution.
During renovation of the Building Services Physical Plant (SBSP) the following upgrades
have been identified as priorities:
— Replacement of 3 ton heat pump and 5 ton packaged RTU.
During renovation of the Building Services Building (SBSA) the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
During renovation of the Building Services Warehouse (SBSW) the following upgrades
have been identified as priorities:
— Selective replacement of exhaust fans and unit heaters.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
VOLUME II VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
40 41
+ DESIGN GUIDELINES
Phase 13
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, exhaust fans and mini split.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
,PSOHPHQWPDMRUVFUHHQLQJFRUULGRUDORQJ&$5REHUVRQ5RDG
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Outdoor improvements for the Science Building (SSCI) renovation should include
planting shade trees, installing a landscape buffer, and improving connections to phase 8
FDPSXVPDOOLPSURYHPHQWV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 14
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system, four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, and mini split.
— Selective replacement of lighting.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The Business Building (SBUS) renovation should prioritize ADA accessibility; additional
improvements in this area should include landscape buffering, trash/recycling
UHFHSWDFOHVZKHUHDSSURSULDWHDQGFDUWSDUNLQJIRUDWOHDVWIRXU FDUWV
42 43
VOLUME II + VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
%XIIHUVFUHHQRII&RPSXWHU/HDUQLQJ&HQWHUoV 6&/& URRIUDLOLQJ
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 16
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Renovations shall be in accordance with new construction guidelines.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 15
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Renovations shall be in accordance with new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Opportunity for new athletic field and tennis court (outdoor exercise area) at plan North of
7HFKQRORJ\%XLOGLQJ 67(& &RQQHFWWRVWXGHQWVSDFHIURPPDVWHUSODQSKDVH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 17
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Renovations shall be in accordance with new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
44 45
+ VOLUME II VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. Refer to attached
preliminary programming for new ECHS Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Include outdoor student space to get High School students excited. No mow/wildflower
area to be incorporated on plan South of campus. Trees should be placed at regular
intervals along the trail to provide shade for trail users. The open space to the west of
the pond (south of the main campus area) should be designated as a no-mow zone and
SODQWHGZLWKDFXVWRPZLOGIORZHUVHHGPL[
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Existing landscape beds should be replanted with a mix of new shrubs and groundcover
(quantities and locations to be determined); shade and ornamental trees should be
planted, and connections to the student gathering space implemented in phase 1 should
EHHQKDQFHGZLWKWKHLQVWDOODWLRQRIQHZFRQFUHWHSDWKZD\VSXQFWXDWHGE\SDYHUEDQGV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 18
Architecture
For all architectural projects refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Renovations shall be in accordance with new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
46 47
VOLUME II + DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
Northeast Campus
Design Guidelines
North
NORTHEAST CAMPUS SITE PLAN
Master Plan Landscape Plan 0' 100' 200' 400'
48 49
VOLUME II + VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainabilit y
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Lighting within the existing buildings needs to be evaluated as many of the buildings are
equipped with T12 linear fluorescent fixtures. Many buildings have major sanitary sewer
issues where piping is decaying.
During review with campus staff, it was indicated that the central plant was of sufficient
capacity to bring additional square footage online. Currently three 900 ton mag bearing
chillers, with design day of 1800 ton load. System is a variable primary system.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
VEHICULAR PATHS/TRAFFIC
Main access points are from Harwood Road and Grapevine Highway (State Highway
26) via Interstate Highway 820 and State Highway 183. Tarrant County Jr. College Road
and TCC Road provide access to the college campus from Harwood Road, Grapevine
Highway, Precinct Line Road. None of the proposed phases should have a negative
impact to vehicular paths and/or traffic with the exception of the construction material
drop offs and the staging of construction materials.
PEDESTRIAN PATHS/TRAFFIC
There are not any sidewalks along any of the main roads. All pedestrian traffic will come
from the parking lots and drop offs. There is one public bus drop off location at the South
corner outside the Student Center (NSTU). Internally, the normal pedestrian traffic routes
should not be interrupted except for master plan phases 3 and 6. Phase 3 consists of a
renovation and expansion as well as an expansion to its parking lot. Phase 6 consists of
a new academic classroom that will remove the sidewalk, so students that traditionally
use these sidewalks will have to navigate around the proposed building or find a different
route.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
CART PARKING
Carts are a common means of transportation at many TCC campuses, and these
campuses see many carts parked at building entrances and other significant entry/exit
points. Cart parking solutions should be an integral part of the master plan to ensure the
separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as well as increased safety for students,
faculty, staff, and campus visitors.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
50 51
VOLUME II + DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
MEP
It is anticipated that the existing campus network has capacity to connect this
building to the existing infrastructure. Existing hydronic lines, power, water, gas, and
communications shall be extended to the building. Systems shall follow new construction
guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
Existing outside plant fiber distribution between buildings to facilities needs to be
replaced/upgraded. There is an existing utility tunnel with supporting utility racking
which interconnects buildings that is available to facilitate the distribution of services.
Schematic routing of the tunnels is included in Appendix E. Extension of the utility tunnels
to new buildings should be a consideration to facility utility (MPET) connections.
Dependent upon the application of the Master Plan and order in which buildings are
constructed/demolished/renovated, the supporting fiber distribution to those facilities
would need to be evaluated for upgrading.
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick massing with a raised, two-and-a-half
story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby, student meeting, and collaboration
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Science Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
During the construction of the new Science Building in phase 1 the existing portable
building will need to be removed. Prior to construction, the existing utilities that lie within
the footprint of the proposed building will need to be relocated. The utilities include water,
sanitary sewer, gas, telecommunication, and underground electric. A majority of the lines
will need to remain in service, so the utility installation/relocation will need to be phased.
Landscape
The campus master plan should provide for the construction of a new Science Building.
Existing underground utilities will need to be relocated as part of construction. Bike
parking accommodating thirty (30) bicycles should be located near the building entrance.
Masonry and metal panel screening walls (70% masonry – 42” height/30% metal panel
– 42” height) should surround the bike parking to define and enhance the space and
conceal parked bikes from view.
A student courtyard space should be designed to include both paved (“hardscape”) and
landscaped (“softscape”) areas; 30% of the total space should be hardscape and 70%
of the space should be softscape. Furniture should be incorporated on the south side of
the building. Hardscaped areas should be comprised of 30% impervious cover, 30 – 50%
of which should be concrete, and the remainder of which should be clay or concrete
pavers. Softscape areas should be comprised of 70% pervious cover (turf, planting, and
bioswales), 30% of which should be planting and 70% of which should be sod.
Courtyard amenities should include three (3) seating nooks (10’x15’), three (3) shade
structures (optional) with fans and integrated power, three (3) carousel table and chair
sets, and five (5) benches to match or coordinate with existing campus benches. Two
(2) trash and recycling bins should also be included in the space. Electrical amenities
include one (1) emergency phone, Wi-Fi coverage, six (6) charging stations incorporated
in furniture and shade structures, and eight (8) electrical outlets.
The Central Plant should be buffered or screened via new landscaping (evergreen trees
and tall shrub plantings). To ensure safety, the campus master plan must implement an
access management plan so that TCC can regulate vehicles driving on sidewalks; this
may include installing bollards to separate vehicular and pedestrian traffic, among other
PHDVXUHV
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed to
ensure that there is not an interruption in service. Refer to college level guidelines and
standards.
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of these buildings the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls within each building.
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping within each building.
— Replace ductwork.
— Selected replacement of roof mounted exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and canopy lighting.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units and fan powered boxes.
— Replacement of domestic water piping.
— Selected replacement of classroom lavatories.
52 53
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
and renovated and all existing flagstone, drain edging treatment, and existing planting
removed; drainage should be enhanced, and new paving should be installed. Paving
design, layout, and material selection should promote accessibility in the space.
New courtyard amenities should include: one (1) shade structures (optional) with fans and
integrated power, three (3) carousel table and chair sets, and four (4) benches to match or
coordinate with existing campus benches. One (1) trash and one (1) recycling bin should
also be included in the space. Electrical amenities include Wi-Fi coverage, six (6) charging
stations incorporated in furniture and shade structures, and six (6) electrical outlets.
([LVWLQJIXUQLWXUHFDQEHUHORFDWHGUHSXUSRVHGLQRWKHUDUHDVRIFDPSXV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick massing with a double-height metal
and glass portion to house the Lobby, student study spaces, and Onboarding spaces.
Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See Building Addition Construction Narrative. Any structural modifications for planned
renovations shall be identified.
The building addition at the courtyard presents some constructability concerns.
Temporary access through the existing building will need to be provided to transport
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The existing Science and Health buildings (NSCE, NSCW, NHSC) should be renovated,
and designated ambulance parking should be designed and incorporated. The
connection(s) between renovated buildings and parking lots should include landscape
improvements to create more welcoming and functional spaces. The existing gathering
space between the Science and Health buildings (NSCE, NSCW, NHSC) should be gutted
construction equipment in and out of the courtyard. Alternatively, a crane will be needed
to move construction equipment in and out of the courtyard.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing campus network has capacity to connect these buildings to
the existing infrastructure, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated
with campus staff.
During renovation of these buildings the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls within each building.
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping within each building.
— Replace existing ductwork in Administration Building (NADM).
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of lighting in Administration Building (NADM) and fire alarm system in
Administration Building (NADM).
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, VFDs, roof mounted exist fans in
Administration Building (NADM).
— Replacement of domestic water piping in Student Union Building (NSTU) and
Administration Building (NADM) and sanitary sewer piping in Administration Building
(NADM).
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Front Entry programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
There are existing water, sewer, and underground electric lines that lie the in location of
the building addition and will need to be relocated prior to construction. Also during this
phase, the existing parking lot located at the South side of the Administrative Building
(NADM) is to be expanded. The drainage and grading will need to be analyzed to see if
additional inlets will need to be installed. The underground electric lines will need to be
extended for additional light poles.
Landscape
The existing Student Union Building (NSTU) should be renovated and a new grand entry
on the South side of the building constructed with a new parking lot to service the area.
Landscape improvements should be included to highlight the increased campus access
and create a welcoming new campus “front door.”
Connections between the Student Union Building (NSTU) and pond should be
strengthened through landscape improvements. The pond should become an integrated
campus amenity, with a trail constructed around it and seating areas and shade
structures incorporated in the design plan.
The existing courtyard East of the Student Union Building (NSTU) should be completely
renovated, and all existing flagstone and planting should be removed. The new courtyard
54 55
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Renovations to these buildings should include plans for outdoor spaces to support
building accessibility, functionality, safety, and beautification. Landscape elements
such as renovated hardscape and increased planting should be used to strengthen the
connection between the existing parking lot and the renovated Business and Social
Sciences Building (NBSS). Plans should also consider decreasing the existing hardscape
adjacent to Business and Social Sciences Building (NBSS) (plan North) or converting the
DUHDLQWRDVWXGHQWVSDFHWKDWVSHDNVWRWKHSURSRVHGTXDGLQPDVWHUSODQSKDVH
design should promote positive drainage; existing irrigation should be adjusted to
HOLPLQDWHRYHUZDWHULQJ)XUQLWXUHUHSODFHPHQWXSJUDGHVDUHDOVRUHFRPPHQGHG
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls within each building.
— Replace existing ductwork within each building.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of existing lighting and fire alarm system in Library (NLIB).
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, VFDs, roof mounted exhaust fans.
— Replacement of domestic water piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
— Replacement of sanitary sewer piping.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 5
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Demolish existing Faculty Offices Building (NFAC) as well as the Academic Classroom
Building (NACB). Confirm with TCC on how far down below grade existing foundations,
such as concrete piers, shall be demolished or if existing foundations are required to be
completely removed. Complete removal of foundations adds demolition costs.
MEP
Existing utilities shall be capped and staked for reuse later.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— No resilience strategies have been identified for implementation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
In phase 5 the Faculty Offices Building (NFAC) as well as the Academic Classroom
Building (NACB) are to be demolished. During the demolition of the Faculty Offices
Building (NFAC), there are several electrical underground electric lines, sanitary sewer,
and fiber optic lines that will either need to be protected or relocated. Before demolishing
the Academic Classroom Building (NACB), the existing services that serve this building
will need to be capped and protected, so that they can be used for the proposed
Academic Classroom Building.
Landscape
All areas affected by demolition should be re-vegetated to accommodate future
GHYHORSPHQW LPSOHPHQWVLWHSUHVHUYDWLRQVWUDWHJLHVZKHUHDSSOLFDEOH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 6
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick massing with a raised, two-and-a-half
story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby, Cafetorium, and Multi-Purpose Media
Lab. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
56 57
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Academic Classroom Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
In phase 6 the new Academic Classroom Building is to be constructed at the old
Academic Classroom Building (NACB) site. While the building connections to the old
Academic Classroom Building (NACB) are protected, they will need to be analyzed for
capacity and if they need to be further extended based on the connections shown on the
MEP plans.
Landscape
The core campus mall should be strengthened and any open space be transformed into a
campus quad comprised of an expansive event lawn space highlighted by tree and shrub
planting; the quad and core mall should intersect and their relationship to one another
should be reinforced through landscaping design. Design of the grade change that exists
in the area between the quad and the buildings North of it can include terracing to create
a stepped amphitheater.
A sub-quad, also comprised of lawn and tree/shrub planting, should exist on the area
located plan South of the remodeled Library (NLIB). The space should welcome visitors
to campus and be an obvious focal point with strong connections to other key campus
spaces. Pedestrian thoroughfares through/alongside the quad should be paved with
concrete and punctuated by paver bands. The quad’s connection to the South parking
lot should be improved and strengthened through strategic landscaping so as to create
a welcoming campus entry. C&A proposes adding removable/knockdown bollards to
UHJXODWHWKHSUHVHQFHRIODUJHYHKLFOHVRQWKHPDLQFDPSXVPDOOLVUHFRPPHQGHG
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed to
ensure that there is not an interruption in service. As the proposed building footprint will
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
New building occurs over existing building demolition site. If existing building foundations
are just demolished to a certain depth below grade, a survey of existing foundations will
be required to coordinate layout of new foundations.
MEP
Existing utilities from master plan phase 5 shall be evaluated for reused under this phase.
New construction shall conform to new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
potentially overlap building demolished in previous phase, it may be possible to make use
of existing conduit feeds and re-feed. With the demolition of the building in the previous
phase, the conduits will need to be reviewed to ensure that the conduits do not require
re-feeds to existing buildings. Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 7
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a one story brick massing with a double height metal and
glass portion to house the Lobby and Art Gallery. Massing should respond to existing
campus character and quality and reinforce identified campus framework. Building
materiality should conform to campus identity while acting as a beacon for College
investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See Building Addition Construction Narrative. Any structural modifications for planned
renovations shall be identified.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing services to this building has capacity to be expanded for
additions, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated with campus
staff.
During renovation of the Physical Plant Building (NDPP), the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls.
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping.
— Selected replacement of air handling units and fan powered boxes, VFDs and roof
mounted exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of fire alarm system and sprinkler system.
— Selected replacement of plumbing fixtures.
During renovation of the Fine Arts Building (NFAB), the following upgrades have been
identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls.
— Replacement of existing four-pipe hydronic piping and building ductwork.
— Selected replacement of air handling units and roof mounted exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and canopy lighting.
— Replacement of domestic water piping.
— Replacement of sanitary sewer piping.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
58 59
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Phase 8
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick massing with a raised, two-and-a-half
story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby and connect to the existing Health and
Physical Education Building. Massing should respond to existing campus character and
quality and reinforce identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform
to campus identity while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its
programs.
Structure
See Building Addition Construction Narrative. Any structural modifications for planned
renovations shall be identified.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing services to this building has capacity to be expanded for
additions, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated with campus
staff.
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selected replacement of air handling units, fan coil units and roof mounted exhaust
fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary sewer piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures and sump pump replacement.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for Fine Arts Building Additions programming. Refer to TEA Guidelines and
Educational Code for the renovation of existing space into the Early Childhood Education
Center.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
For phase 7, a new Fine Arts Building Addition (NFAB) is to be constructed. Within the
proposed building addition footprint area there are several utilities that will need to be
relocated. The utilities include a water line, sanitary sewer line, and an underground
electric line. All of these utilities will need to remain in service while the new utilities are
being installed and will have to be relocated in phases.
Landscape
The Physical Plant Building (NDPP) should be renovated to become a Children’s Center
with exterior play space. The existing play equipment could be updated; evergreen trees
should be added to further screen the area from the adjacent road. Center renovation and
landscape improvements should preserve the existing play area’s excellent visual access
from the building.
The new Fine Arts Building Addition (NFAB) should include an area for pre/post event
or program functions. This area will be characterized by tree, shrub, and lawn plantings
as well as paving and shaded seating nooks. Paved (“hardscape”) and landscaped
(“softscape”) areas should reflect these percentages with the areas being split with 30%
RIWKHWRWDOVSDFHDVKDUGVFDSHDQGRIWKHVSDFHDVVRIWVFDSH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation
Sustainabilit y
— During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for Health and Physical Education Building Addition programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
For phase 8, a new Health, and Physical Education Building Addition (NHPE) is to be
constructed. The new expansion will need connections to water, sewer, electrical, gas
and possibly storm drain as well as telecommunications. The addition may be able to
share utilities with the existing building, however, an analysis of those existing utilities
will need to be performed as well as the capacities and adherence to the proper building
codes.
Landscape
The Health and Physical Education Building (NHPE) expansion plan should include a
covered outdoor learning environment, designated visually by landscape and paving.
Existing fitness equipment should be relocated to accommodate the building’s expanded
footprint.
The expanded Health and Physical Education Building (NHPE) should relate more closely
to Tarrant County Jr. College Street and existing parking lots; crosswalks connecting
the covered outdoor learning environment to the tennis courts across the street should
be added. Removable bollards should be used in the Southern crosswalk as added
SURWHFWLRQIURPYHKLFXODUWUDIILF
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 9
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Communication Arts Building (NCAB), the following upgrades
have been identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls.
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping.
— Replace ductwork in building.
— Selected replacement of air handling units, VFDs and roof mounted exhaust fans.
— Replacement of electrical distribution equipment/lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Selected replacement of plumbing fixtures.
— Replacement of sanitary sewer piping.
60 61
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Landscape
Building renovations should incorporate new outdoor spaces for gathering or studying
and strengthen connections between new buildings and the existing campus network
through renovated or newly constructed pathways, thoroughfares, and landscaped
spaces. Furniture in outdoor spaces can be new or repurposed from other renovated
DUHDV'HVLJQDWHGFDUWSDUNLQJVKRXOGDOVREHLQFRUSRUDWHGDVEXLOGLQJVDUHUHQRYDWHG
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 10
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls.
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selected replacement of air handling units, VFDs and roof mounted exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment
— Replacement of lighting.
— Replacement of existing air compressor.
— Replacement of domestic water piping.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
During renovation of the Instructional Media Center (NIMC), the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of fire alarm system and lighting.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
3ODQVVKRXOGLQFOXGHDVWXGHQWJDWKHULQJVSDFHDQGLPSURYHGFRQQHFWLRQVWRSDUNLQJ
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 11
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of these buildings the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls within each building.
— Replacement of ductwork.
— Selected replacement of roof mounted DX equipment and roof mounted exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Selected replacement of plumbing fixtures.
— Replacement of domestic water piping.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
62 63
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of these buildings the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls within each building.
— Replacement of four-pipe hydronic piping.
— Replace 175 ton exterior chiller.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of gas piping.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
A landscape buffer/screening (trees and/or tall shrub plantings) should be included
around renovated buildings. The area should be assessed for ADA accessibility and
DFFHVVLEOHURXWHVLPSURYHGZKHUHWKH\DUHODFNLQJQRQH[LVWHQW
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 12
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Renovations to these buildings should include plans for outdoor spaces to support
EXLOGLQJDFFHVVLELOLW\IXQFWLRQDOLW\VDIHW\DQGEHDXWLILFDWLRQ
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
64 65
VOLUME II + VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
Northwest Campus
Design Guidelines
North
NORTHWEST CAMPUS SITE PLAN
Master Plan Landscape Plan 0' 100' 200' 400'
66 67
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainabilit y
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
VEHICULAR PATHS/TRAFFIC
The main vehicular access points will be from Marine Creek Parkway which lies to the
East of the campus, where it connects to Interstate Highway 820 to the south. There is
also a small drive that connects to the Interstate Highway 820 Westbound frontage road,
West of the Marine Creek/I.H. 820 interchange. Some additional vehicular traffic may
originate from the Chisholm Trail High School located directly to the North of the campus.
In the Southeast corner of the site there is currently a temporary gravel parking lot. That
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
location could be used for permanent parking. A permanent pavement would be needed,
and the grades as well as drainage will need to be analyzed. Providing utilities to the new
Construction Hub may be challenging, especially sanitary sewer.
PEDESTRIAN PATHS/TRAFFIC
With no sidewalks leading off campus, the majority of the pedestrian traffic will originate
from the parking lots. Some of the pedestrian traffic, however, will come from the
Chisholm Trail High School located directly to the North of the campus. There is also a
public bus stop located at the Southeast corner of the campus at the intersection of
Northwest College Drive and Marine Creek Parkway.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
CART PARKING
Carts are a common means of transportation at many TCC campuses, and these
campuses see many carts parked at building entrances and other significant entry/exit
points. Cart parking solutions should be an integral part of the master plan to ensure the
separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as well as increased safety for students,
faculty, staff, and campus visitors.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
68 69
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for Building Services Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Within the new building footprint there are no utilities that appear within the area. Given
that, new utilities will need to be extended to the site of the proposed building. There is
a City of Fort Worth sanitary sewer line along the south side of Northwest College Drive
that may provide enough capacity to serve the new building. Other services that will/may
be required are as follows: water services, electrical services, and storm drainage.
Landscape
As the Northeast corner of the site becomes a construction hub, the Building Services
Building (WBSA) should be relocated to this area. Shade trees should be planted around
WKHSHULPHWHURIWKHEXLOGLQJDQGDORQJPDMRUZDONZD\VSHGHVWULDQFRUULGRUV
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed
to ensure that there is not an interruption in service during new construction. Refer to
college level guidelines and standards.
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick massing. Massing should respond
to existing campus character and quality and reinforce identified campus framework.
Building materiality should conform to campus identity.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
MEP
It is anticipated that a new central stand alone plant and utilities will be required for this
phase. Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
Confirm with TCC on how far down below grade existing foundations, such as concrete
piers, shall be demolished or if existing foundations are required to be completely
removed. Complete removal of foundations adds demolition costs. Construction type for
new greenhouses shall be coordinated with TCC.
MEP
During renovation of the Building Services Building (WBSA) the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
For Phase 2, new greenhouses are to be constructed and the existing greenhouses are
to be demolished (WGHA, WGHB, WGHC, WGHD). The new location of the proposed
greenhouses does not contain many utilities. Sanitary sewer and domestic water will be
the most difficult utilities to get to this location. Elevations and capacities will need to be
analyzed.
During the demolition of the existing structures that are included in this phase, an
evaluation of the existing utilities will need to be performed to determine if other
structures will require those utilities to remain active. If that is indeed the case, then
those utilities will have to be constructed in phases to prevent lengthy disruptions within
the normal activity of the campus. This will likely be required for the existing storm drain
systems that are within the limits of both the Outdoor Firing Range (WCJR) and the
Aeronautical Technology Building (WATB). As well as the existing water lines, sanitary
sewer lines, and electrical lines during the removal of the portables.
Some parking and ADA spaces are also to be removed in this phase of the campus. An
evaluation of the amount of ADA spaces that will remain on site will be needed to see if
additional ADA spaces are needed to compensate.
70 71
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
New building occurs over existing building demolition site. If existing building foundations
are just demolished to a certain depth below grade, a survey of existing foundations will
be required to coordinate layout of new foundations.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing campus network has capacity to connect this building to the
existing infrastructure, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated
with campus staff. Existing building utilities shall be cap and staked for reuse. Systems
shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Landscape
The former Building Services Building (WBSA) should be renovated to accommodate
horticulture practice, with the existing greenhouses demolished and new ones
constructed. With this change, there is an opportunity to create an inviting landscaped
space between the greenhouses and Building Services Building (WBSA), connecting the
buildings visually and functionally and providing an attractive outdoor space that inspires
horticultural study. Plant height in the space should be low (turf and shrubs with few
ornamental trees) to allow maximum light into the greenhouses. Pathways connecting the
greenhouses to adjacent buildings should be constructed. Paths should be composed
of decomposed granite or concrete or clay permeable pavers and should tie into existing
sidewalk networks; impervious pavement should be avoided.
Additionally, the demolition of the existing Outdoor Firing Range (WCJR), tennis courts,
and por table buildings (WMBA – WMBD) creates an opportunity to increase recreational
space on campus. New spaces should be landscaped with a mix of shrub plantings,
groundcover, and shade and ornamental trees (quantities, placement, and species to be
GHWHUPLQHG 6LWHIXUQLWXUHDQGEHQFKHVFDQEHLQFOXGHGLQWKHGHVLJQZKHUHDSSURSULDWH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised, two-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house a Lobby, Student Lounge, and Student
Success spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and
reinforce identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus
identity while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Public Safety Training Center Building programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
In phase 3, a new Public Safety Training Center Building along with a new parking lot
and landscaping are to be constructed. With the new Public Safety Training Center
building being proposed at the location of the previous Aeronautical Technology Building
(WATB), it should be an easier transition due to the existence utilities and infrastructure.
Coordination with the MEP will be useful in aligning the building connections of the
proposed building with the locations that are convenient to the existing utilities. The
grades and drainage will have to be analyzed for the new parking lot and landscaping as
well as extending necessary utilities such as irrigation, underground electric, and storm
drain.
Landscape
A new parking lot should be constructed, with landscape elements included in the design.
Landscaping should be installed between the new Public Safety Training Center Building
DQGH[LVWLQJ)LUH6HUYLFH7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU :)6&
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed
to ensure that there is not an interruption in service during new construction. Refer to
college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replacement of 75 ton chiller, hydronic pumps and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of air handling units, roof mounted exhaust fans, mini split
systems.
— Replacement of lighting.
— Selective replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures and water heaters.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
72
VOLUME II
73
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN GUIDELINES
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised, two-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby and reception spaces.
Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing campus network has capacity to connect this building to the
existing infrastructure, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated
with campus staff. Existing building utilities shall be cap and staked for reuse. Systems
shall follow new construction guidelines.
During renovation of the Police Firing Range (WPFR) the following upgrades have been
identified as priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls.
— Selective replacement of mini split units.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Building construction and renovations should consider connectivity to the broader
campus environment. Sidewalks should be implemented to link buildings to existing
campus networks, including creating connections to the Marine Creek Reservoir. C&A
recommends continuing sidewalk connections from the Police Firing Range (WPFR)
to the trail, parking lot, and Outdoor Firing Range (WCJR) and Criminal Justice Training
Center (WCJC) buildings. Additionally, tennis courts should be constructed on the site of
the former portables; they should be surrounded by planted areas (lawn, shrub plantings,
PHGLXPVKDGHWUHHVDQGRUQDPHQWDOWUHHV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 5
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Police Firing Range Addition (WPFR) and new Reality Based Training
Center Addition programming.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
With the additions proposed during this phase, modifications to water, sanitary sewer,
and electrical lines may be required. The new Reality-Based Training Center is shown to
be attached to the new Public Safety Training Center Building that was proposed in phase
3. An analysis of the capacities and building code compliance will need to be performed
to see if the Reality-Based Training Center can connect to the Training Center utilities or if
additional utilities will need to be extended.
Landscape
Building construction and renovations should consider connectivity to the broader
campus environment. Sidewalks should be implemented to link buildings to existing
campus networks. A large student gathering space should be incorporated on the
Southeast side of the building; amenities in this area should include: two (2) shade
structures outfitted with Wi-Fi, electricity, and overhead fans (optional), a combination
of both ground-mounted seating, movable seating, and benches (see furniture exhibits
for recommended site furnishings), and two (2) trash and recycling bins. A combination
of shade and ornamental trees should be planted around the perimeter of the gathering
VSDFHWRIXUWKHUGHILQHWKHDUHD
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed
to ensure that there is not an interruption in service during new construction. Refer to
college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 6
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Clarify no structural scope.
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
74 75
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of these buildings the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC controls within each building.
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping within each building and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, hydronic pumps and roof mounted
exhaust fans.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Landscape improvements in this area may include street trees; the minimum planting
distance between trees should be 40’ on-center to minimize fire hazards in the area.
A student gathering space designed to function as an outdoor classroom extension
should be included in the design; the space should be covered by a generous aluminum
shade structure on a concrete pavilion and should be outfitted with Wi-Fi, electricity, and
overhead fans (optional) as well as ground-mounted seating and one (1) trash/recycling
UHFHSWDFOH
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 7
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The Fire Service Training Center (WFSC) and Fire Station (WFSS) entry plaza space
should be renovated to create a welcoming and logical entry sequence from the parking
lot to the building. The plaza should provide seating and spaces for gathering in small
groups as people arrive or leave the building. The reimagined entry plaza should be
well-lighted and relate to the building architecture; constructed or renovated pathways
should promote greater campus connectivity. The connection to the parking lot should
be improved through the implementation of a sidewalk and central planted areas to add
shade and visual interest.
Landscape renovations should include ADA-accessible seating nooks defined by 5’
landscape buffers, new shade trees, concrete pathways punctuated with paver bands.
Bike parking for thirty (30) bikes and cart parking for six (6) carts should also be integrated
into the renovated Fire Service Training Center (WFSC) entry design to promote
DFFHVVLELOLW\WRWKHEXLOGLQJDQGGLVWLQJXLVKEHWZHHQSHGHVWULDQDQGYHKLFXODUDUHDV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 8
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Demolish Boathouse (WHPB) and provide new boathouse. New boathouse construction
type shall be coordinated with TCC.
MEP
It is anticipated that a new central stand alone plant and utilities will be required for this
phase. Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
76 77
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, mini split and roof mounted
exhaust fans.
— Replacement of 20 ton air cooled machine.
— Selective replacement of electrical distribution equipment and lighting.
— Replacement of domestic water piping, sanitary sewer piping and plumbing fixtures.
— Replacement of water heater.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
A prairie restoration learning environment and outdoor classroom should be constructed
to the West of NW College Drive. The prairie restoration area should include a no-mow
zone (square footage to be determine) planted with native wildflowers and grasses. The
outdoor classroom should include a shade structure with overhead fans, benches, and
outdoor lighting. Two (2) trash and recycling bins should also be included in the space.
Electrical amenities include Wi-Fi coverage, six (6) charging stations incorporated in
IXUQLWXUHDQGVKDGHVWUXFWXUHVDQGHLJKW HOHFWULFDORXWOHWV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 9
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Renovations to the Academic Classroom Building (WACB) should include an expansive
artificial turf lawn outfitted with movable furniture (see site furnishings exhibit for specific
IXUQLWXUHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 10
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Selective replacement of unit heaters, exhaust fans and mini splits.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water piping and sanitary piping.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
78 79
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Landscape
The Health and Physical Education Building (WHPE) entry plaza should be renovated to
create a welcoming and logical entry sequence from the parking lot to the building; the
plaza design should relate to core campus mall connectivity efforts. The connection to
the parking lot should be improved through the implementation of a sidewalk and planted
areas to add shade and visual interest. Landscape renovations should include a lawn/
open space to allow for outdoor gathering/recreation and provide students with views of
WKHSRQGVIURPWKHEXLOGLQJoVLQWHULRU
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
80 81
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
Alliance West Site
Design Guidelines
North
ALLIANCE WEST SITE PLAN
Master Plan Landscape Plan 0' 100' 200' 400'
82 83
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainabilit y
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
It is desired the existing cooling tower cells be replace with a single 600 ton cell. Existing
400 ton McQuay chiller shall be replaced with new 400 ton mag bearing chiller. Two
rooftop units need to be replaced.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
CART PARKING
Carts are a common means of transportation at many TCC campuses, and these
campuses see many carts parked at building entrances and other significant entry/exit
points. Cart parking solutions should be an integral part of the master plan to ensure the
separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as well as increased safety for students,
faculty, staff, and campus visitors.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
84 85
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The Aviation Maintenance and Tech Lab/Shop should be renovated and a space for
student tool storage and separation between student workspaces should be included in
the design.
The renovation of these spaces provides an opportunity to increase outdoor connectivity
on the exterior and use the space surrounding to contextualize the exterior space visually
and functionally within the broader campus framework. The existing outdoor space
VKRXOGEHHQKDQFHGWRLQFOXGHDVKDGHFDQRS\VDLOVKDGHWUHHVDQGDGGLWLRQDOSODQWLQJ
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of the Aviation Maintenance and Tech Lab/Shop the following
upgrades have been identified as priorities:
— Replacement of 450 ton cooling tower and 300 ton chiller, hydronic pumps, and 275
MBH boiler.
— Selective replacement of mini splits.
— Selected replacement of electrical distribution equipment.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Selective replacement of electric and gas water heaters.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
DQGVWDQGDUGV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
86 87
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
DQGVWDQGDUGV
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The main campus entry, including the parking lot located in front of it, should be
renovated to become a welcoming, easily identifiable campus access point. Site design
should extend to the adjacent roads (Heritage Parkway and Horizon Drive), with signage
used as an additional indicator of the campus’ presence.
Landscape updates should include repurposing/replacing site furniture, enhancing
the landscape around flagpoles, creating landscape islands in the parking lot for trees,
turf, and shrubs, landscaping around all major signage, and assessing and addressing
LQKHUHQWGUDLQDJHLVVXHV
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Clarify no structural scope.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
88 89
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
Southeast Campus
Design Guidelines
North
SOUTHEAST CAMPUS SITE PLAN
Master Plan Landscape Plan 0' 100' 200' 400'
90 91
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainabilit y
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
VEHICULAR PATHS/TRAFFIC
The Southeast College campus is located in Arlington, West of State Highway 360, South
of Southeast Parkway, and East of New York Avenue with the main drives connecting the
campus to Southeast Parkway and New York Avenue.
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
PEDESTRIAN PATHS/TRAFFIC
There are sidewalks along all three roadways, but only Southeast Parkway provides
pedestrian connectivity to the campus. There is also a public bus drop off/pick up point
located on the North side of the main building.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
CART PARKING
Carts are a common means of transportation at many TCC campuses, and these
campuses see many carts parked at building entrances and other significant entry/exit
points. Cart parking solutions should be an integral part of the master plan to ensure the
separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as well as increased safety for students,
faculty, staff, and campus visitors.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
92 93
+ VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The issue of water infiltration at the ESEC should be resolved, and design plans should
ensure positive drainage. Landscaped areas around the monument sign should be
refreshed to include new shrubs and turf; quantities are flexible. Planting and vegetation
VKRXOGQRWEORFNWKHVLJQ
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised,
two-and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Gymnasium and Black Box
Theater. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce
identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity
while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Clarify no structural scope.
MEP
During renovation of the building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
—
— Selective replacement of existing air handling units, ductwork, exhaust fans, VFDs and
mini splits.
Replace existing DDC control system, four-pipe hydronic piping and ductwork.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
Structure
See Building Addition Construction Narrative. Any structural modifications for planned
renovations shall be identified.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing campus network has capacity to connect this building to the
existing infrastructure, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated
with campus staff.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainabilit y
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Performing Arts Wing Addition (ESEC) and new Physical Education
Wing Addition (ESEB).
ÅåòåèÝêàÖîÝġß
Within the proposed footprint of the new Performing Arts Wing Addition (ESEC) lies
existing underground electric, storm drain, and sanitary sewer lines. These will need to
remain in service and will need to be relocated. Along with the building addition, a new
outdoor activity spaces is to be constructed over existing water and storm drain lines.
Underground electric will need to be extended as well.
Landscape
Vegetative screening and/or fencing should be employed around the loading dock and
other back-of-house elements. The pedestrian space around the Art Gallery should be
improved with landscape and hardscape elements to improve functionality, accessibility,
and aesthetic value. It is also recommended that existing flagpoles be relocated and
new landscaping consisting of shrubs and ornamental trees be installed, quantities and
VSHFLHVIOH[LEOH
Landscape plans for the Physical Education Wing Addition (ESEB) should consider the
field to the South of the new building; the field could be replanted with new turf and be
utilized as a physical education/sport field. A new sidewalk should be added to connect
the Physical Education Wing Addition (ESEB) and sports field to the trail on the South
end of campus. Medium-sized shade trees should be planted at 30’ intervals along the
VLGHZDON VSHFLHVWREHGHWHUPLQHG
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
94 95
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
The master plan recommends a one story brick and glass massing. Massing should
respond to existing campus character and quality and reinforce identified campus
framework. Building materiality should conform to campus identity while acting as a
beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing plant will need to be expanded for this phase or a new stand
alone plant will be required. Deeper investigation will be required and coordinated with
campus staff.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Student Academic Classroom Building Addition (ESAC)
programming.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The space Southwest of the Performing Arts Wing (ESEC) should be renovated to create
an outdoor study and dining space. Landscape elements should include a patio (concrete
or pavers), shade structure, and plantings/vegetation including shrubs, groundcover,
and ornamental trees; species and quantities are flexible. Furniture in the space should
consist of picnic tables and café seating. All back-of-house elements in the area should
be screened with vegetation; additional screening around the utility plant may be required
to mitigate noise.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replace existing DDC control system.
— Selective replacement of existing exhaust fans, package DX units, air cooled
condenser.
— Selected replacement of electrical lighting.
— Replacement of fire alarm system.
— Replacement of domestic water heater.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Fine Arts Building (EART) renovation plans should include landscape improvements;
an outdoor study/gathering space could be created on the plan-west side of the Fine
Arts Building (EART) to tie into phase 2. Landscape enhancements in the space could
include a permeable paver or decomposed granite patio with shade structure; furniture
throughout should consist of picnic tables, café seating, and benches. Planting at the
edges of the patio/space should consist of shrubs and groundcover planting, species,
and quantities to be determined.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 5
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope.
96 97
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Onboarding and Learning Commons Wing (ESED) outdoor renovation plans should
include a tiered outdoor classroom space; the area should include expanded/oversized
steps to navigate grade change and create an outdoor amphitheater. Additionally, the
campus front entry should be improved to include wayfinding and branding elements.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 6
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a two-story brick and glass massing with a raised, two-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby, Cafetorium, and Multi-
Purpose Media Lab. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality
and reinforce identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to
campus identity while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its
programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative. Any structural modifications for planned
renovations shall be identified.
Confirm with TCC on how far down below grade existing foundations, such as concrete
piers, shall be demolished or if existing foundations are required to be completely
removed. Complete removal of foundations adds demolition costs.
MEP
It is anticipated that a new central stand alone plant and utilities will be required for this
phase. Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events
— Anticipate future climatic conditions
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
— Durability features
— Manual overrides for building controls
— Water conservation
— Vernacular design practices
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new ECHS Building programming.
Civil and Traffic
In phase 6, a new Academic Classroom Building is to be constructed and the existing
Modular Buildings (EMOD) are to be demolished and be replaced by additional parking
spaces. There are currently six (6) portable buildings in the location of where the new
building is to be placed. With the demolition of the Modular Buildings (EMOD), the
existing parking lot can be expanded to use the space that the building will vacate. After
demolition, the parking lot will need to be resurfaced/reconstructed and re-striped.
Also, utilities will need to be extended to the new building, although there appear to be
existing lines in the area, a capacity analysis will need to be performed to see if they can
serve the new structure.
Landscape
Building renovation plans should include landscape enhancements; hardscape, student
outdoor gathering spaces, and planting elements should strengthen the connections
between buildings and the broader campus network; major paths and building access
points should connect to the campus’ plan-South trail and fit pods. Landscaping
throughout should include a mix of shrubs, groundcover, and ornamental trees; quantities
and species to be determined.
The butterfly garden (plan-West of new Academic Classroom Building) should be
preserved; landscape enhancements such as new plantings or the addition of benches
could be included in this phase.
Information Technology
Will need to provide new telecomm. service (MDF location to be determined) using four
4" diameter conduits. Coordination required to protect existing service conduit feed to
ensure that there is not an interruption in service. Refer to college level guidelines and
standards.
Phase 7
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
98 99
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
MEP
During renovation of this building the following upgrades have been identified as
priorities:
— Replacement of circulation pumps.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Landscape improvements around the renovated Science and Technology Building
(ESCT) should increase the building’s connection to the parking lot. Ramps and expanded
sidewalks/pathways should be included in the design plan to improve accessibility. Every
other tree in the allée/row of trees surrounding the building could be removed for ease of
maintenance. Views from the building entry and parking lot to the lake on the South side
of campus should be preserved so as to improve the building’s connection to the lake and
trail system.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 8
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
During renovation of Building Services Building “A” (EBSA) the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Replace existing ductwork.
— Selective replacement of exhaust fans.
— Selected replacement of lighting.
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
During renovation of Building Services Building “B” (EBSB) the following upgrades have
been identified as priorities:
— Selective replacement of plumbing fixtures.
Replacement of these systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
The outdoor space plan East of Building Services Building “B” (EBSB) should be cleared
of low-value planting and debris and screened. Landscape enhancements could include
refreshed planting around the pond as well as the addition of benches and medium shade
trees, quantities, and species to be determined.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 9
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Clarify no structural scope.
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— No sustainability strategies have been identified for implementation.
100 101
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Strengthen the connection between the main campus entry and the existing Early
College High School (ECHS) by incorporating a new sidewalk connection along the back
of curb; shade trees should be planted at regular intervals along the sidewalk, quantities,
and species to be determined.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
102 103
+
PEACH STREET
BLUFF STREET
(])
O>
I >-3: I
1-w w a:: 1-(/) z 0 (/) a:: w 0 z w I
TRPG PARKING
TRTR ELBOW
,~ Tarranl CouHt)' College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
TRIN ITY RIVER
Ch \,"~--_#..,/
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
TRINITY RIVER CAMPUS SITE PLAN
Master Plan Landscape Plan
Trinity River Campus
Design Guidelines
Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
0' 100' 200' 400' North
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
104 105
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainability
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
VEHICULAR PATHS/TRAFFIC
The vehicular traffic will access the campus either from Henderson Street or Belknap
Street. The majority of the parking on the campus will utilize the parking garages. With
some of the parking spaces at the Rotunda entry being removed due to the proposed
construction, the parking garage will be more utilized.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
PEDESTRIAN PATHS/TRAFFIC
This campus has the highest potential for the pedestrian traffic due to its close proximity
to housing and downtown Fort Worth.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
Dependent upon the application of the Master Plan and order in which buildings are
constructed/demolished/renovated, the supporting fiber distribution to those facilities
would need to be evaluated for upgrading.
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
TCC IT has been working with the City to evaluate the repurposing of an abandoned
railway tunnel adjacent to the campus. If possible, this would afford TCCD to run separate
service feeds in a protected environment.
106 107
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a three story brick and glass massing with a raised, three-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby, Learning Stair, and Student
Success spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and
reinforce identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus
identity while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative and Building Addition Construction Narrative.
MEP
It is anticipated the existing campus network has capacity to connect this building to the
existing infrastructure, however deeper investigation will be required and coordinated
with campus staff.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Onboarding Building Addition programming.
Civil and Traffic
Phase 1 consists of constructing a New Onboarding Center Addition. Within the
footprint of the new addition, there are sanitary sewer, telecommunication, irrigation, and
underground electric lines that will have to be relocated. This phase will also impact ADA
parking spaces and regular parking spaces. The rest of the parking spaces on campus
will need to be counted to see the required amount of ADA parking spaces have been
provided.
Landscape
The plaza landscaping should be simplified (groundcover replaced with turf/lawn where
appropriate) for ease of maintenance. Additional landscape enhancements in the space
could include the addition of outdoor furniture (tables, chairs, benches) at the Rotunda/
drop-off area and other exterior plazas to increase functional gathering and study space.
Information Technology
The new Onboarding Center is the current location for the AT&T service demarc; separate
AT&T overhead service feed noted in the GIS utility maps would have to be relocated to
accommodate planned additions. Coordination required with service provider to protect
existing service conduit feed to ensure that there is not an interruption in service during
new construction. Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
The master plan recommends a three story brick and glass massing with a raised, three-
and-a-half story metal and glass portion to house the Lobby, Learning Stair, and Student
Success spaces. Massing should respond to existing campus character and quality and
reinforce identified campus framework. Building materiality should conform to campus
identity while acting as a beacon for College investment in the campus and its programs.
Structure
See New Building Construction Narrative and Building Addition Construction Narrative.
MEP
It is anticipated that the existing central plant will need to be expanded. Systems shall
follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme weather events.
— Anticipate future climatic conditions.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Durability features.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
— Vernacular design practices.
— Redundant electrical systems with back-up power capacity.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
Refer to college level guidelines and standards. Refer to attached preliminary
programming for new Health Professions Tower programming.
Civil and Traffic
In phase 2, a New Health Professions Innovation Center Tower is to be constructed.
For this phase, standard parking and ADA parking spaces will need to be removed.
The existing utilities that will be affected by the new building will be irrigation,
telecommunication, and underground electric. The construction of this new building may
impact the walkability/pedestrian connectivity to the rest of the campus.
Landscape
The exterior plaza landscaping should be simplified (groundcover replaced with turf/
lawn where appropriate) for ease of maintenance. Additional landscape enhancements
in the space could include the addition of outdoor furniture (tables, chairs, benches) at
the Rotunda/drop-off area and other exterior plazas to increase functional gathering and
study space.
Information Technology
Coordination required with service provider to protect existing service conduit feed
to ensure that there is not an interruption in service during new construction. Existing
service conduit feed will need to be buried and moved from within the proposed building
108 109
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
footprint. Refer to college level guidelines and standards.Refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Phase 3A
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3B
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3C
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
110 111
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4A
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4B
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4C
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
112 113
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4D
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Phase 4E
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 5
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Clarify no MEP systems scope. If there is MEP scope, refer to college level guidelines and
standards.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Water conservation.
114 115
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— No sustainability strategies have been identified for implementation.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Areas for outdoor learning environments on campus should be identified and created.
These spaces should include amenities such as shade structures, overhead fans/lighting,
site furniture, trash and recycling bins, and electrical amenities including Wi-Fi coverage,
charging stations, and electrical outlets.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 6
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 7
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 8
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
116 117
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 9
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
+
f--
1
' --', ·:_-_--
--....:::....-'
_ .. -------
-,
',',I
' :ii~--'"'l I ,--~F-'r1
,-'---if) I ,,d
''10! I.--, ~n -~ ... ~~ ,,
I ··I
,, 11 ,, I
I I
','1, I
,:,:~------'
-.J•J•'']
11
11
11
11
11
,~ T arran l Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
b1··
1 .
l J
I
□
I J
I I
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
TRHA
TRHN Trinity River Campus East
Design Guidelines
TRHN
TRHP Aggregate Master Plan Phasing
Architecture
The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
BELKNAP STREET
TRHT
In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
CO
M
M
E
R
C
E
ST
R
E
E
T
TRHW
CA
L
H
O
U
N
ST
R
E
E
T
TRINITY RIVER CAMPUS EAST SITE PLAN
Master Plan Site Plan 0' 50' 100' 200' North
118 119
120 121
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainability
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
VEHICULAR PATHS/TRAFFIC
The vehicular traffic will access the campus from Belknap Street. The majority of the
parking on the campus will utilize the parking garages. With some of the parking spaces
being removed due to the construction of the new additions or buildings, the parking
garage at Trinity River will be more utilized.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
PEDESTRIAN PATHS/TRAFFIC
This campus has a high potential for pedestrian traffic due to its close proximity to
housing and downtown Fort Worth.
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
To promote pedestrian safety on all TCC campuses, the campus master plan must
include an access management plan in the initial phasing stage so that TCC can regulate
vehicles driving on sidewalks or other pedestrian thoroughfares. Current circulation
patterns should be assessed, and bollards may be installed in various areas to prevent
vehicular traffic from interfacing with pedestrian traffic.
LANDSCAPE ASSESSMENT AND TREE PRESERVATION
TCC campuses are home to majestic, beautiful trees and other existing landscaped areas
of value; plans for campus landscape improvements reflect a preliminary landscape
assessment and identification of areas needing updates. Campuses should produce and
implement site-specific tree preservation plans to preserve existing trees as appropriate.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ART INSTALLATIONS
At every TCC campus, there are opportunities for the installation of various art pieces to
enhance each campus’ unique aesthetic and cultural identity. Artwork could be procured
through fundraising efforts. Installation areas are indicated on campus plan diagrams
with a red cross icon.
FURNITURE REPLACEMENT AND REPURPOSING
Campus plans should include site-specific furniture assessments; some existing outdoor
furniture at TCC campuses may be salvaged as recommended.
AMENITIES IN STUDENT GATHERING SPACES
Student gathering spaces described in the master plan should include shade structures
equipped with electricity and Wi-Fi, overhead fans (optional), chairs and/or carousel
tables, and trash/recycling receptacles, the quantities, and locations of which are to be
determined by the space allotted for each gathering area. Seating nooks should include a
minimum of one bench and designated ADA space on a concrete pad; a 5’ – 8’ landscape
buffer should surround the pad.
Information Technology
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
122 123
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
MEP Information Technology
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines. Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Rely on passive design rather than fossil fuels.
— Conserve water and manage stormwater.
— Use materials that minimize environmental impacts over life-cycle.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
125
+
L__
I I
r j
I ' '
L__ E6 0
0
/ ···,\
f-------,,,..< \ .
'-~. __ #'
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
2060B-X MECH
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
2907A OPEN OFFICE 2801A OPEN OFFICE
TCC CONNECT FLOOR PLAN
Master Plan Floor Plan
TCC Connect
Design Guidelines
2703-C 2903A CONFERENCE OFFICE
2905A 2906A 2802A 2803A 2804A 2805A
STORAGE 2902A-S 2904A FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS FOCUSFOCUS
2900A-X 2800A-X CORRIDOR CORRIDOR
2503-R MEN'S 2561A-X 2801-C CONFERENCE 2460A-X 2860A-X
2702A 2901A IDF IDF ELECTRICAL 2602A-S
OFFICE OFFICE STORAGE
2700A-X 2800B-X
LOUNGE Aggregate Master Plan Phasing 2360A-X CORRIDOR MECHANICAL
2207
CORRIDOR
2500A-X 2206-C TRAINING 2600A-X
CORRIDOR CONFERENCE
2601-C 2701A 2210A 2560A-X CONFERENCE Architecture VIDEO PRODUCTION OFFICE ELECTRICAL 2300A-X 2502-R CORRIDOR WOMEN'S The Education Specifications will serve as the tool for the design team to use for facility
design at TCC. The purpose of the Education Specifications, or “Design Guidelines” is
to define the programmatic, functional, special, and environmental requirements of any
Tarrant County College (TCC) facilities,whether new or remodeled.
2200A-X
2504B-X 1174-X 2301A-X CORRIDOR ELEV. 4 ELEV. LOBBY 2501A-S JANITORIAL2103-C STORAGE 2101-K CONFERENCE
2204A 2208A 2209A FOCUSBREAK RM. FOCUS FOCUS 2211A 2212A 1171-X 1172-X 1173-X FOCUS FOCUSELEV. 1 ELEV. 2 ELEV. 3
2202A 2203A
FOCUS2100C-X FOCUSCORRIDOR
2102-C 2100B-X CONFERENCE LOBBY
2201A
OPEN OFFICE
2100A-X STAIR B RECEPTION1181-X In addition to those requirements listed on each Room Data Sheet, the Tarrant County
College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards Volume 01: Technical
Design Guidelines (published June 26, 2018) shall be referenced.
The Tarrant County College Real Estate & Facilities Design & Construction Standards
Volume 03: Furniture Standards (published April 01, 2015), shall be referenced for
furniture standards required by the College.
Standards which are currently in the final stages of development shall supersede those
covered in each of these documents.
0' 10' 20' 40' North
24
0
0
A
-
X
CO
R
R
I
D
O
R
Structure
For new buildings, see attached New Building Construction Narrative. For building
additions, see attached Building Addition Construction Narrative.
A crawl space has been assumed for ground floors at all new buildings and building
additions, but this shall be confirmed with TCC after reviewing site specific geotechnical
reports and architectural floorplans.
A new geotechnical investigation and report shall be provided at all new buildings and
new building additions.
For existing buildings to be renovated and for new building additions, existing building
construction drawings shall be requested from TCC. If existing drawings are not available,
added costs for pre-design field observations and investigations of the existing structure
shall be accounted for.
At the beginning of a renovation phase, the structural engineer shall visit the site to
assess the condition of the existing structure.
124
126 127
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Any planned renovations that require modifications to the existing structure shall be
identified. Typical modifications to existing structure may include: reinforcing of existing
structure for higher loads due to change of occupancy; support of new mechanical
units; modifications of existing floors for new electrical floor boxes; new floor and roof
openings; removal and replacement of existing slab for new under floor plumbing; etc.
MEP
Systems shall follow new construction guidelines.
Resilience
Specific to the implementation plan proposed over the planning horizon, the design and
construction of facilities must incorporate strategies that will lead to optimum resiliency.
Buildings must incorporate redundant systems for electricity, water, and communications
to meet the livable conditions required when primary systems are down. Site designs
should also incorporate redundancy in transportation systems. Sustainability features
assist in resiliency, and passive systems trump highly mechanized and complex
operations that may require maintenance or unavailable resources. Durability of materials
and systems, also enhanced by simple operations, achieves greater longevity, and saves
resources. Consistent maintenance and care also contribute to durability and longevity;
designers can create low-maintenance facilities and buildings that are admired and,
therefore, well cared for.
A healthy learning environment on campus requires protecting the natural environment.
Using low VOC materials and minimizing waste are responsible aspects of an achievable
sustainability plan. Locally available resources, such as materials and labor, reduce
transportation costs and energy resources. Maximize using renewable and reclaimed
resources, such as solar power, groundwater storage, and local building materials.
As building projects are begun, it is essential to develop a detailed sustainability plan
based on these principles and the recommended strategies. It’s also necessary to
understand that while one-hundred-percent resiliency is unachievable, targeting the
highest level will most benefit TCC and its community.
To apply achieve resiliency at the building scale, the following strategies are
recommended. The appropriate strategies for each phase are based on the specific
action plan for that phase and are consistent across building program types: new
construction, new additions, renovations, and sitework.
Sustainability
The recommended sustainability strategies include optimizing energy use and
efficiency through passive measures; reducing the use of fossil fuels; conserving water
and managing stormwater, including storage and on-site reuse where feasible; use
of materials that minimize environmental impacts over the life cycle of the product;
maximizing indoor environmental quality, considering daylighting availability, appropriate
ventilation, humidity control, and elimination of materials high in VOC emissions;
and optimizing operations and maintenance with materials and systems that reduce
maintenance, conserve water and energy, reduce or eliminate toxic chemicals used in
cleaning, and reduce life-cycle costs.
The sustainability strategies incorporate principles to achieve the highest level of
sustainability feasible for the building program type: new construction, new addition,
renovation, and sitework.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Vehicular/Pedestrian Paths/Traffic
Based on TCC Connect’s location within a tower at Trinity River, the scope of potential
civil/traffic improvements is not relevant based on a lack of scope. Any potential
recommendations for Trinity River though should be acknowledged as effecting the TCC
Connect campus.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Landscape
LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS
Landscape design and recommendations for improvements for all TCC campuses
included in the master plan are intended to promote welcoming, safe, and functional
spaces that support the needs of TCC students, faculty, staff, and campus visitors. The
proposed plans respond to current priorities as stated by TCC while also considering the
evolving needs of a campus environment.
Based on TCC Connect’s location within a tower at Trinity River, the scope of potential
landscape improvements is not relevant based on a lack of scope.
Information Technology
At present, there is not a separate project or funding for the wholesale upgrade and
replacement of the fiber on these campuses, and thus it must be evaluated as a
component of the projects identified in the Master Plan.
The fiber strand counts noted in the College Level Design Guidelines were the basis
of design for the renovation/new construction on the Northwest Campus; for all other
projects identified in the Master Plan, the unique needs of the individual building(s) will
need to be taken into account along with the desire to upgrade the fiber distribution
on these campuses when determining the final strand count needs for the respective
building/campus.
Phase 1
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
128 129
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 2
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 3
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 4
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
130 131
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
Phase 5
Architecture
For all architectural projects, refer to the College’s most recent volume of the Technical
Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications. These documents are part of the
College’s Real Estate and Facilities Design & Construction Standards.
Structure
Any structural modifications for planned renovations shall be identified.
MEP
Replacement/remodel of systems shall follow the new construction guidelines.
Resilience
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Design for climate warming.
— Reduce energy loads through passive heating and cooling strategies.
— Manual overrides for building controls.
— Water conservation.
VOLUME II DESIGN GUIDELINES
Sustainability
During this phase of the master plan, the following strategies have been identified for
implementation:
— Consider reuse of existing buildings before building new.
— Enhance indoor environmental quality.
— Specify materials and systems that reduce maintenance impacts.
Space Planning and Programming Standards
For project programming sizing and standards, refer to the College’s most recent volume
of the Technical Design Guidelines and Educational Specifications.
Civil and Traffic
Clarify no civil/traffic scope. If there is civil/traffic scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Landscape
Clarify no landscape scope. If there is landscape scope, refer to college level guidelines
and standards.
Information Technology
Refer to college level guidelines and standards.
+SUB SECTION TITLE SUB SECTION TITLE SUB SECTION TITLE SUB SECTION TITLE
Community
Collaboration
Opportunities
ec 133
+
,},-Tarran! Counl)' College· C o R G A N
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
SUB SECTION TITLE SUB SECTION TITLE
DIVERSITY, EQUITY, AND INCLUSION
TCC has made a dedicated effort to
create a more inclusive environment both
for students and staff.
Community Collaboration
Opportunities
A core tenet of Tarrant County College is its commitment to the community. This is
reflected in the third goal of the College’s mission and values:
TCC will serve the community and be its first choice for partnership.
Through research of the College and engagement with each campus, the master plan
team discovered existing and potential opportunities for partnerships both for individual
campuses and across the entire College. The opportunities that are outlined assess
partnership and outreach options for social and economic initiatives. These are included
in the master plan alongside future planning and development proposals to facilitate
community engagement with each campus.
Tarrant County College understands that it is only as strong as community that it
engages with. This support goes both ways, as the College is vitally important to the local
communities and works to strengthen and give back to the region.
The following opportunities are not reliant on any sequencing that the master plan
proposes. The opportunities instead underscore the importance of the relationship
of the College to the community and provide possible stepping stones for future
development of the College’s campuses and/or programs.
134 135
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
ACADEMIC BOOT CAMP
Student studying at the South Campus Library.
Academic Boot Camp
Boot Camp began in 2013 as the Academic Enrichment Program, but former Chancellor
Hadley began calling it boot camp and that’s what it eventually became. The program
takes prospective students whose scores on the Texas Success Initiative, or TSI,
placement test or whose Adult Basic Education levels are too low for developmental
courses in reading, math and/or writing and undertakes to get them up to a ninth-grade
level.
The program is part of each campus budget and overseen by the director of workforce
services in the College’s Community and Industrial Education, or CIE, branch. Since
it’s open entry, open exit with students studying at their own pace on the PLATO Online
learning platform, there’s a constant in-and-out flow. When Boot Camp students finish
the program, which may last weeks, months or an entire semester, they take or retake the
TSI test. If a student does not pass the TSI test, they are urged to re-enroll in Boot Camp,
enroll in non-credit CIE courses or enroll in credit courses that don’t require success in
developmental courses.
APPRENTICESHIPS
Students and engaged in Automotive training and experience.
Apprenticeships
Take the proper steps to a successful career by inquiring about TCC's registered
apprenticeship opportunities. TCC's apprenticeships are registered with the Department
of Labor and combine flexible, on-the-job training with classroom instruction, giving
valuable real-world experience to meet today's industry demands.
If employers are interested in the registered apprenticeship program, TCC can
demonstrate how the program will help grow the business, from recruiting more skilled
employees to producing an enhanced bottom line.
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
BOY SCOUTS OF AMERICA
Boy Scouts learning about welding at the South Campus.
Boy Scouts of America
The Boy Scouts of America (BSA) provides the nation’s foremost youth program of
character development and values-based leadership training, which helps young people
be “Prepared. For Life.®” Traditional Scouting programs are operated by local chartering
organizations, such as religious institutions, clubs, civic associations, and educational
organizations, which implement the Scouting program for youth within their communities.
These units are led entirely by volunteers appointed by the chartering organization, who
are supported by local councils using both volunteers and paid professional staff.
BOYS AND GIRLS CLUB OF AMERICA
Kids involved in the club exploring watercolors.
Boys and Girls Club of America
The Boys and Girls Club of America never takes a single approach to help kids succeed.
It takes a safe place, like their Clubs that are consistently there for the kids they serve.
It takes innovative, quality programs designed to empower youth to excel in school and
lead healthy, productive lives. The Club does whatever it takes to ensure all kids have a
great future. Every kid has what it takes. The mission and core beliefs of Boys and Girls
Clubs fuel our commitment to promoting safe, positive and inclusive environments for
all. Boys and Girls Clubs of America supports all youth and teens in reaching their full
potential.
136 137
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
CARE TEAMS
CARE Teams provide students with directed assistance.
CARE Teams
CARE Teams (Consultation, Assessment, Resources, Education) were brought to TCC by
Adrian Rodriguez, who saw the need as soon as he arrived in 2009 and put the first team
together. Every team consists of, at a minimum, the VP for student development services,
a campus police officer, a representative from Disability Support Services, the director of
counseling and a faculty member.
The teams meet weekly to discuss present cases and to update and review past ones.
They keep up with literature on campus violence and in 2013 received training from Scott
Lewis, President of the National Center for Higher Education Risk Management, as well as
training under a grant established to help prevent student suicides.
The team’s work, however, goes far beyond the team. The program's culture of caring is
intended to take in the entire campus community, especially the faculty, who are urged
to refer incidents to the team. Faculty are appreciative of having a vehicle with which to
recommend help for troubled students.
CHANCELLOR'S EMERGING LEADERS
Emerging Leaders Students.
Chancellor’s Emerging Leaders
Chancellor’s Emerging Leaders is a program established in 2011 by former Chancellor
Hadley to “offer an engaging experience for qualifying students to achieve their
educational and professional goals.” The CEL program targets first-year-in-college
students who fail all three portions of the Texas Success Initiative test and need help
navigating higher education and convincing themselves they can handle it. CEL is
a modified learning community with students taking the same class — Learning
Frameworks — though not at the same time and not at the same campus. The only time
they get together is at four workshops.
The first-year workshops deal with goal setting, time management and financial literacy.
Second-year students have two workshops on job readiness where they not only learn
about things like résumés and interviews but also about specific career fields in which
they are interested. Second-year students mentor newcomers, and all CEL participants
regularly interact with the chancellor and their campus presidents.
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
COMMUNITY OUTREACH
TCC's Mobile Go Center.
Community Outreach
TCC’s Community Outreach team provides free general and targeted information and
programs to ISDs or community groups. TCC works with organizations throughout
Tarrant County by participating in college and career days, community events, and other
special events promoting higher education.
TCC’s mission is to provide post-secondary educational resources to individuals and
their families in hopes of increasing the number of students enrolled and succeeding in
higher education institutions in Texas.
CHILDREN'S CENTER
Student teachers and children engaged in an activity.
Children’s Center
The reputation the Center has built since opening in 1974 is such that applicants
generally must spend at least two years on a waiting list, and being a TCC employee
doesn’t allow anyone to cut in line. The Child Development Program, for which the Center
is a student laboratory, was one of Texas’ first and came in response to a growing need.
Part of the state’s program requirements called for a laboratory school where students
could work with children. TCC’s Center was funded by the 1971 bond election, and its
capacity is now about 50 children because of the stringent teacher-student ratio required
for accreditation by the National Association for the Education of Young Children.
Far from being just a babysitter, the Center is a school where the children learn along
with the TCC students but in a different way. Field trips are included but without having
to leave the campus. Children might visit the College print shop, library or a science lab –
even the campus President’s office.
138 139
+,~ Tarranl CouHt)' College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
CORNERSTONE PROGRAM
Cornerstone program graduates.
Cornerstone
Cornerstone began in 1991 as a humanities-based program with students together in
honors classes. It floundered later in the decade when funding for both scholarships and
faculty stipends were reduced and also lost part of its focus when students majoring in
engineering or the sciences were added. These students, instead of being together in
honors courses, could turn regular sections into honors sections through extra work or
projects.
All the above led to Cornerstone disappearing late in the 1990s at every campus except
Northwest. Cornerstone’s revival to become districtwide once more came from former
Chancellor Hadley. The new Cornerstone program still has a humanities emphasis with
special sections offered in humanities, philosophy, history, psychology and government,
but other courses can get an “honors” transcript designation through a contract to
complete extra, more rigorous assignments. On top of course credit savings, TCC
Cornerstone graduates frequently score major scholarships into those area university
honors programs.
CULTIVATING SCHOLARS
Cultivating Scholars event.
Cultivating Scholars
In April 2015, the Dallas-Fort Worth Chapter of the American Chemical Society listened to
a report about a study on the relative amount of fatty acids in butter from corn-fed cows
vs. grass-fed cows. The most impressive aspect of the presentation was the presenters
were all TCC South Campus students.
The students were part of the nationwide Cultivating Scholars program developed by
the Council for Undergraduate Research, a non-profit organization founded in 1978 to
support and promote high-quality undergraduate student-faculty collaborative research
and scholarship. It has grown to include all disciplines at more than 650 colleges and
universities. They can tackle a topic by themselves or work with a partner or in groups. A
project can be cross-disciplinary, with participants from different classes.
Students select topics, pursue and cite quality research, develop a thesis, compose
abstracts on how to develop the topic and finally undertake their own research using
creditable sources.
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
DENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC
Clinic located at the Northeast Campus.
Dental Hygiene Clinic
The Northeast Campus Dental Hygiene program students provide services in a dedicated
clinic. The clinic services are strictly preventative. Students perform all services and work
under the direct supervision of full-time and part-time licensed faculty.
EARLY COLLEGE HIGH SCHOOLS
High school students engaged in the higher education experience.
Early College High Schools
Early College High Schools (ECHS) are usually located on or near a college campus and
provide high school students who might not otherwise consider attending college the
opportunity to graduate with a high school diploma and 60 college credit hours. ECHS
differs from dual credit programs in that its focus begins in 9th or 10th grade, whereas dual
credit programs are usually offered beginning in the 11th or 12th grade. TCC has partnered
with more than eight ISDs to offer ECHS opportunities to Tarrant County high school
students. For more information about a specific ISD's ECHS, please visit their ECHS web-
page.
140 141
+
l.o.J~t, EM FAMIIY POWERM ENT CENTER
TARR.\!\ -ro.t','l"CO.LEEfs::if.-,.:...'.RS
l
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
FAITH BASED OUTREACH
Outreach event at the South Campus.
Faith Based Outreach
This outreach program partners with the community and faith-based institutions
to inform, prepare and support families in higher education. The goal is to establish
networks of support that will help them grow as individuals and members of their
communities.
FAMILY EMPOWERMENT CENTER
Family Empowerment Center location at the South Campus.
Family Empowerment Center
The Family Empowerment Center (FEC) was established at South Campus in 2013.
“Education is a family affair,” said Dr. Ernest Thomas, the former South Campus president
who came up with the idea. “Much of the decision-making process in going to college
or getting ready to go to college ... starts in the home. And many times, in homes where
people have not had the opportunity for college — there’s a void in that information.”
To help fill that void, the FEC provides services encompassing the entire family, including
nutrition, financial stability, transportation, financial aid, parenting skills, legal aid and
many others. The physical facility itself caters to the whole family with conference rooms,
classrooms, a demonstration kitchen and even a child activity room.
The Center strives to overcome “generational curses,” when family members, not
understanding the time students must put both in attending classes and studying,
expect students to get a job to help out or when some students use up their financial aid
prematurely to help family finances.
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
FIRST CHOICE PROGRAM
Students at a First Choice program event.
First Choice
TCC takes special pride in a very special group of graduates – students for whom
success is measured in the ability to socialize with others, to live independently, to
get and hold jobs. After all, these students — graduates of Southeast Campus’ First
Choice Program — exemplify TCC’s mission to serve the educational needs of the entire
community.
First Choice was launched in 1997 when Dr. Carrie Tunson, Southeast’s vice president
for community and industry education, was approached by a group of parents whose
special-needs children had few options after graduating from high school. The program
is offered in four modules in keeping with the needs and abilities of the student. First
Choice is all about providing opportunities for young people with few options, and an
opportunity is all they seek.
HEALTH AND WELLNESS FAIR
Individual taking advantage of a booth at the fair.
Health and Wellness Fair
The Hispanic Wellness Coalition has produced the fair every year for more than two
decades, Executive Director Anelia Banda said. The coalition partners with several health
providers to offer free mammograms, dental exams, kidney screenings, school physicals
and other services. Several hundred people attended the event. The fair makes it
possible for people to access health care they may not have otherwise, and in one place.
The coalition doesn’t ask people to register ahead of time or have insurance.
142 143
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
MEN OF COLOR MENTORING
Men of Color Mentoring event.
Men of Color Mentoring
The program’s name says it all in terms of what it does. Why such a program exists at TCC
is also pretty much self-evident when one looks at the numbers. Of the 1,410 first-time-
in-college African-American and Hispanic males who enrolled in TCC in fall 2010, only 44
percent remained as students a year later — far less than any other demographic.
They receive that help one-on-one, thanks to men from the TCC faculty and staff – most,
but not all, men of color themselves – who volunteer their time as mentors. In addition
to working with their mentors, students choose from a variety of group events ranging
from guest speakers to a three-on-three basketball tournament. The effort began as the
African-American Male Mentoring Program in fall 2013 on Trinity River Campus. It started
small with just 13 students, but those students wound up 19 percent more successful in
their courses — success defined as making a grade of C or better — than those African-
American students not in the program. Funded partially by a federal Title III grant, the
program has been broadened to include Hispanics and is at all campuses.
PLUS 50 ENCORE COMPLETION PROGRAM
Student engaged in the Plus 50 Encore Completion program.
Plus 50 Encore Completion Program
To help older students overcome their understandable jitters, TCC in 2014 joined the
nationwide Plus 50 Initiative. Plus 50 was established by the American Association of
Community Colleges in 2008 to target people over 50, bringing them once more into
a learning environment, helping them select the right training or degree program and
providing necessary support, which is the hardest part.
TCC’s program dates from 2012 when it was awarded a grant from the AACC to become
one of the 100-plus colleges selected to participate. In 2014, the College was selected as
one of 12 colleges nationwide and the only one in Texas to be a part of the AACC’s Back
to Work 50+ program, for which a second grant of $115,200 in scholarships was received.
Knowing that a friendly face and kind voice can be just as meaningful as the information
imparted, TCC uses a “concierge” approach, giving every student a single point of
contact. Another source of comfort and information for enrollees are current students
who volunteer as Plus 50 Navigators, helping newcomers in everything from searching
websites to searching the campus library.
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
STARS OF TOMORROW
Awardees of scholarships from Stars of Tomorrow.
Stars of Tomorrow
The Stars of Tomorrow program was established based on the windfall income from the
Barnett Shale natural gas deposits drilling leases and royalties. Based on a suggestion
from former Chancellor de la Garza, the Board of Trustees voted to place all such income
into an endowment, the earnings from which would fund a scholarship program for high
school graduates throughout Tarrant County.
When the details were worked out for the funding, the Stars of Tomorrow program was
announced. It is open to all graduating seniors in the top half of their class whose families
are at or below specified income thresholds. The income ceiling for a family of four, for
instance, was initially $57,000. Depending on how much federal or state financial aid
students received, they could receive up to $4,000 per semester for a maximum of six
semesters. The fund is healthy enough to where in fall 2009 the $57,000 threshold was
increased to $77,000, making many more students eligible. Since the first awards in fall
2008, TCC’s Stars of Tomorrow have received upwards of $1,500,00 in awards.
SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION
Students engaged in teaching and helping other students.
Supplemental Instruction
When TCC students are having a tough time in a particularly difficult course, the best
source of help may be the person in the next seat — not a classmate, but someone who’s
been there, done that. That’s the surprisingly simple premise of Supplemental Instruction,
or SI, a program where students can turn to someone who has taken that same class
under the same teacher and been highly successful.
It’s peer tutoring but with a twist. The SI leaders, as the student aides are known, sit in and
take notes on every class and lab, and then meet in scheduled sessions with students
who need a concept explained or part of the teacher’s lecture clarified.
The SI program grew from a summer faculty project that led to a committee studying how
the program worked at other colleges and universities and might best work at TCC. The
national SI center in Missouri ranks TCC as one of the nation’s largest programs among
community colleges.
144 145
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
TRANSFER CENTERS
University Transfer Fair at the Trinity River Campus.
Transfer Centers
When a community college student is looking to transfer to a university, there’s lots to be
learned from the school catalog ... or the website ... or from a visiting recruiter. But there’s
nothing like being on the campus to get the flavor of the place. That’s why TCC’s Transfer
Centers take them there. Different TCC campuses have different approaches.
Trinity River was the first to get in the campus visit mode with its “Trinity River on the Go.”
Most of the time, they didn’t go too far — TCU, UT-Arlington, North Texas, Texas Wesleyan,
UT-Dallas. Instead of just showing up, the Transfer Centers try to tie into an event already
on the universities’ calendars.
Northeast Campus has a slightly different approach. The university visits are the third
of three segments in the Northeast Transfer Academy. It’s only in the third session, Tour
de Transfer, when the students hit the road. The university visits are more than walking
the tree-shaded paths or touring the buildings. The students can also meet and talk with
students and faculty in the specific programs they’re considering.
TREE CAMPUS USA
Southeast Campus involvement in the Tree Campus USA program.
Tree Campus USA
Tree Campus USA is a national program launched in 2008 by the Arbor Day Foundation.
The Tree Campus USA program honors colleges and universities for effective campus
forest management and for engaging staff and students in conservation goals. The Arbor
Day Foundation reports it has helped campuses throughout the country plant thousands
of trees. This work directly supports the Arbor Day Foundation’s Time for Trees initiative
— an unprecedented effort to plant 100 million trees in forests and communities and
inspire five million tree planters by 2022.
VOLUME II COMMUNITY COLLABORATION OPPORTUNITIES
VISIONS UNLIMITED
Students learning personal and life skills.
Visions Unlimited
Visions Unlimited grew out of the Gulf Coast hurricanes of 2005 when the College was
looking for a way to help evacuees who made their way to Tarrant County. The best thing
TCC had to offer them was education.
Visions students take two classes in their first semester — Psychology of Adjustment
and Learning Frameworks. The first emphasizes communication, life skills and personal
development. The second applies theory to practical aspects such as career interest
inventories, study skills, resumes and mock job interviews. At the same time, students are
exposed to college life — everything from library research to leadership conferences.
WINR
Women's History Month Symposium.
WINR
WINR was the creation of Emily Lunday Garrett who had begun to see more and more
older and divorced women signing up for her psychology courses. At the same time, in
her role as a counselor, she saw many of these same women struggling with the turns
their lives had taken and seeking a new direction. She started the program as a way to
fuse the educational and counseling components.
The program encompasses two credit courses. Included in and augmenting the studies
are career planning and job search development — résumé writing, mock interviews,
referrals and making connections with prospective employers.
The program, expanded in 2002 to include the Northeast and Southeast campuses, has
served more than 4,800 students. The basic mission of WINR — helping students deal
with major life changes — has not changed, but the program’s clientele has. Students
in the program now are almost 50 percent male and the name of the program has, of
necessity, been changed to Winning in New Roles.
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT VOLUME II +
\ \ \
\ \
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
Facilities Condition
Assessments
c 151
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
AUTOMOTIVE BUILDING,
SOUTH CAMPUS
The reports assessing existing facilities
highlighted buildings to be prioritized by
the master plan.
Facility Condition Assessment
The facility condition assessment, which was completed as the master plan was
developed, created an understanding of the existing conditions of the College’s physical
assets. This information played a key role in the grounding of planning scenarios as the
master plan developed frameworks for each campus.
The master plan considers the maturity of each campus and focuses on the existing
space inventory in the framework for the future development for each campus. A
paramount tenet of the master plan is to ensure that the highest and best used is made of
the College’s existing resources.
The master plan’s starting point is “first, do no harm” to the existing campus form,
framework, and massing. A core tenet of the master plan is that the most valuable asset
that the College has in its possession is its existing space. While partial demolition and
replacement is recommended by the master plan, it is based on the facility condition
assessment and is always data driven. The master plan prioritizes and recommends,
based on the facility condition assessment, how existing buildings might be re-purposed
or renewed through clear and logical phasing plans. Where the findings indicate
otherwise, new buildings are implemented to replace aging facilities or to address growth
and program specific needs.
+
('
c:-::> ' -,
\
'\ \ \ \
CORGAN
■
■
■
■
/
~ '-~--
JOE
B
.
R
U
S
H
I
N
G
R
O
A
D
C
.
A
.
R
O
B
E
R
S
O
N
B
O
U
L
E
V
A
R
D
CA
M
P
U
S
D
R
I
V
E
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
Fair Facility
Condition
SECH Poor Facility
Condition
SBSW Critical Facility
SBSA SHPE Condition
SBSP SNUR
SELT
SETC
SETC
SAUT
SSCI
SCLC
SHSC
SELE
SACA
STEC
SBUS
SACB
SMTH
SACR
South Campus
Facility Condition Assessment Report
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, the critical buildings on
this campus were built around 1967 and are nearing the end of their projected life span.
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there are 12 buildings on this campus that
have a good FCI score. The majority of the building on this campus are in the fair and poor
FCI score ranges.
FCI Categories:
—Good: 0 – 0.02
—Fair: 0.02 – 0.05
—Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
—Critical: +0.20
Critical Buildings:
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues: —SACT Building (0.42)
SACCSERS SLIB SACD SMTC
SACT SPAC
SFOB —Phase 1 — Construct new Onboarding Building —SFOE Building (0.34) SFOC
SFOA SBKS
SFOD SSTU SART SMUS
SFOE
SREC
SFOF
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan 0' 100' 200' 400' North
152
—Phase 2 — Renovate Enrollment Services Building
—Phase 3 — Construct new Automotive Building
—Phase 4 — Renovate existing Automotive Building
—Phase 6 — Renovate Performing Arts Center
—Phase 8 — Renovate Student Union
—Phase 10 — Renovate Nursing and Health Science Buildings
—Phase 13 — Renovate Science Building
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical.
—SFOB Building (0.31)
—SFOA Building (0.29)
—SFOD Building (0.29)
—SAUT Building (0.22)
—SPAC Building (0.20)
Poor Buildings:
—SART Building (0.19)
—SELE Building (0.15)
—SERS Building (0.15)
—SMTH Building (0.11)
153
+
--] r -= _,
L_
Li
I
J LIO,-,_, I~' L_l ( -,,,
¢__) \ l --J \
"'.-\ )
'-
1"L r
-_l r-·-,
~
( ') ()/ 07
,•;
,:
.. ,. I _.,
I •
-,
,,
__ ;',
_/ .,,,--,
,, i i'
I b
l1fl ,~ -7
,I I I ,.___,l
,, ,_ ~t)
_I
' ' -:: / :--
. I~ I I -f, , c~ __ =_:"('L\/_-_ -_-]_-;_
-=----=-I ~=_Jlt
~ 1-1"
.--I R~L.
[ :,:,: ,-f-_, r _ ___ll__ lu ~r~rr ~,11 B :•
o I
_) I -
-__ ___:___::_-=-::::':::::__' ; r--_,, -/ j " ~/ \._
J-__ --~=-==-
I
■
■
■
■
,~ Tarronl C wccm wm.:ullt)' C ollege• AEACH. CORGAN
HAR
W
O
O
D
R
O
A
D
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
GRAPEVINE HIGHWAY
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
NBSA
NBSA NDSC
NDPP
NMPC NDPW
Fair Facility
Condition
Poor Facility
Condition
NDPA
Critical Facility
Condition
NHPE
NSCW
NSCE
NHSC
NFAC
NTAB
NACB
NIMC NLIB NBSS
NFAB NCAB
NADM
NSTU
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan 0' 100' 200' 400' North
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
Northeast Campus
Facility Condition Assessment Report
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, the most critical
buildings on this campus were originally built between 1968 and 1972 and are ending
their projected life span.
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there are 11 buildings on this campus that
have a good FCI score. The majority of the proposed work on this campus is renovation
of existing buildings to accommodate present programs and make the buildings operate
more efficiently.
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues:
—Phase 1 — Construct new Science Building
—Phase 2 — Renovate Science Buildings
—Phase 6 — New Academic Classroom Building
—Phase 8 — Addition to Health & Physical Education Building
—Phase 9 — Renovate Communication Arts Building
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical.
FCI Categories:
—Good: 0 – 0.02
—Fair: 0.02 – 0.05
—Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
—Critical: +0.20
Critical Buildings:
—NFAC Building (0.38)
—NHPE Building (0.29)
—NBSA Building (0.24)
—NSCE Building (0.23)
—NCAB Building (0.21)
—NACB Building (0.20)
Poor Buildings:
—NFAB Building (0.18)
—NHSC Building (0.18)
—NADM Building (0.17)
—NSCW Building (0.13)
—NLIB Building (0.09)
154 155
+~~ Tnrrant County Collegec
~ sucass w n 1-1N REACH. CORGAN
■
■
■
■
DRIVE
COLLEGE
WFSK
W
F
S
C
W
F
S
S
WACB
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
WFMP Fair Facility
Condition
WCJD
Poor Facility
Condition
WCTT
Critical Facility
WCJC WFSJ Condition WFSIWCJR
WPFR WFSF WFSH
WFSG
WFSB WFSD
WFSA Northwest Campus
Facility Condition Assessment Report
WFSE
WATB
WFSV
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, the most critical
buildings on this campus were originally built between 1975 and 1988 and are ending
their projected life span.
FCI Categories: WMBD
WMBC —Good: 0 – 0.02
—Fair: 0.02 – 0.05 WMBBWMBA
—Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there are 29 buildings on this campus that
have a good FCI score. The majority of the proposed work on this campus is renovation
of existing buildings to accommodate present programs and make the buildings operate
more efficiently.
—Critical: +0.20 WHPE
BUILDING 1 WGHB Critical Buildings: WBSA WHPB —WATB Building (23.85) MARINE CREEK LAKE —WGHA Building (0.44)
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues: —WCJR Building (0.33) BUILDING 3 —Phase 1 — New Building Services Building at Construction Hub
BUILDING 2 —Phase 2 — Renovate Building Services Building Poor Buildings:
BUILDING 4 —Phase 3 — New Public Safety Training Center Building —WCJC Building (0.16)
—Phase 5 — Construct new Reality-based Training Center —WACB Building (0.11)
—Phase 7 — Renovate Fire Service Training Center —WGHB Building (0.10)
—Phase 9 — Renovate Academic Classroom Building —WFSC Building (0.07)
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical.
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan 0' 100' 200' 400' North
156 157
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
■
\ I ■
■
■
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
Fair Facility
Condition
Poor Facility
Condition
Critical Facility
Condition
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
Alliance West Site
Facility Condition Assessment Report
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, this site is not that old
and most of the issues are that of deferred maintenance or functional improvements.
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there are two buildings on this site that have
a good FCI score. The majority of the building on this site are in the good range based
on the FCI. The proposed work on this site focuses on renovation of existing buildings to
accommodate present programs and make the buildings operate more efficiently.
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues:
—Phase 1 — Renovate Aviation Maintenance Technology (AMT)
—Phase 2 — Renovate classrooms to align with IILE standards
—Phase 4 — Construct Pilot Ramp Extension
FCI Categories:
—Good: 0 – 0.02
—Fair: 0.02 – 0.05
—Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
—Critical: +0.20
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan 0' 100' 200' 400' North
158 159
+
I I !
r
ffi I \__
■
■
■
■
~~ Tarrant Cou nty Coll .. ~ wcms wm.,, '""" egc CORGAN ■
SOUT
H
E
A
S
T
P
A
R
K
W
A
Y
EMOD
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
Fair Facility
ECHS Condition
Poor Facility
Condition
Critical Facility
Condition
Southeast Campus
Facility Condition Assessment Report
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, the most critical
buildings on this campus is the Building Services Power Plant (EBSP) and Classroom
Buildings.
FCI Categories:
—Good: 0 – 0.02
ESSE
ESEE
ESEB
ESEC ESED
ESCT
EBSP
ESAC
EART
EBSE
EBSA
EBSB
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there are five buildings on this campus that
have a good FCI score. The majority of the building on this campus are in the fair and poor
FCI score ranges.
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues:
—Phase 2 — Construct Physical Education Addition and Performing Arts Addition,
renovate Physical Education Wing
—Phase 4 — Renovate Fine Arts Building
—Phase 7 — Renovate Science and Technology Building
—Fair: 0.02 – 0.05
—Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
—Critical: +0.20
Critical Buildings:
—EBSP Wing (0.88)
—EMOD Buildings (0.47)
Poor Buildings:
—EART Building (0.17)
—EBSA Building (0.16)
—ESED Wing (0.09)
NE
W
YO
R
K
AV
E
N
U
E
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical
—ESEE Wing (0.09)
EBSC —ESEB Wing (0.08)
—ESEC Wing (0.08)
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan 0' 100' 200' 400' North
160 161
+,~ T arranl C ou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
■
■
■
■
L. I /
D I
~
~
(k_-__ ,,r'--\ / ._,
,-(+:--..... _\ ,', t \
I
' \
' -_J
-· -\___J 'l 7
I I J
_J ,-'\.
(<<::: __ '~
_J
~----
.
FO
R
K
(T
R
W
F
)
WE
S
T
FOR
K
) F
CLE
A
R
CRT
(
TRPGPARKING
TRIN
I
T
Y
) RTR
T
(
EAST
F
O
R
K
(TRE
F
)
TRTRELBOW
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
Fair Facility
Condition
Poor Facility
Condition
Critical Facility
Condition
TRINITY RIVER
Trinity River Campus
Facility Condition Assessment Report
STREET
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, this campus is not that
old and most of the issues are that of deferred maintenance or functional improvements.
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there are 10 buildings on this campus that
have a good FCI score. The majority of the building on this campus are in the good range
based on the FCI.
FCI Categories:
—Good: 0 – 0.02
—Fair: 0.02 – 0.05
—Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
—Critical: +0.20 MI
L
L
S
ST
R
E
E
T
PEACH STREET
BLUFF STREET
HE
N
D
E
R
S
O
N
ST
R
E
E
T
(H
W
Y 19
9
)
Poor Buildings:
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues: —TRPG Tower (0.07)
—Phase 1 — New Onboarding Center Addition
—Phase 2 — New Health Professions Innovation Center Tower
—Phase 3A — Renovate Rotunda and Community Ed. space
—Phase 3B — Renovate Science Labs into Synergy Labs TA
Y
L
O
R
ST
R
E
E
T
IDEA STORE —Phase 3C — Renovate Healthcare Workforce Annex (TRIS)
BELKNAP STREET
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
BELKNAP STREET
0' 100' 200' 400' North
—Phase 4E — Renovate Learning Commons
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical
162 163
+
f--
1
._'....::.._J
□
l J
I
I J
I I
■
■
■
■
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
TRHA
TRHN
TRHN
TRHP
BELKNAP STREET
TRHT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
Fair Facility
Condition
Poor Facility
Condition
Critical Facility
Condition
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
Trinity River Campus East
Facility Condition Assessment Report
Based on the facility condition assessment provided by Jacobs, this campus is not that
old and most of the issues are that of deferred maintenance or functional improvements.
Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there is one building on this campus that has a
good score. The majority of the buildings on this campus are in the poor range based on
the FCI.
FCI Categories:
— Good: 0 – 0.02
— Fair: 0.02 – 0.05
— Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
— Critical: +0.20
CO
M
M
E
R
C
E
ST
R
E
E
T
TRHW
CA
L
H
O
U
N
ST
R
E
E
T
Poor Buildings:
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues: — TRHT Building (0.11)
— Phase 1 — Trinity River Campus East Renovation — TRHW Building (0.08)
— TRHN Building (0.07)
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan 0' 50' 100' 200' North
164 165
+
□ El ~ I I I =E
rC7 □ □
,------i
__J
□
I ~,------i
,------i ,------i
ii
'~,,' -t ~LA L_J
EB
D I I I __J
----,
L__ □
E6
,----
B
I I
B
0
:J
'' I
/-----,\
~
\'~--_#_.,/
■
■
■
■
2060B-X MECH
VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT VOLUME II FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
LEGEND
Good Facility
Condition
Fair Facility
Condition
Poor Facility
Condition
Critical Facility
Condition
2907A OPEN OFFICE 2801A OPEN OFFICE TCC Connect
Facility Condition Assessment Report 2703-C 2903A CONFERENCE OFFICE
2905A 2906A 2802A 2803A 2804A 2805A
STORAGE 2902A-S 2904A FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS FOCUSFOCUS
2900A-X 2800A-X CORRIDOR CORRIDOR
2503-R MEN'S 2561A-X 2801-C
CONFERENCE 2460A-X 2860A-X
2702A 2901A IDF IDF ELECTRICAL 2602A-S While this campus is largely based online, it is embedded within the larger Trinity River
Campus in the West Fork Tower (TRWF). The Facility Assessment Report for this campus
analyzes the portions of the Trinity River Campus that are deemed relevant as they house
physical portions of TCC Connect. Based on the facility condition assessment provided
by Jacobs, this campus is not that old and most of the issues are that of deferred
maintenance or functional improvements.
FCI Categories: STORAGE
2700A-X OFFICE OFFICE 2800B-X
LOUNGE
MECHANICAL
2360A-X CORRIDOR — Good: 0 – 0.022207
CORRIDOR
2500A-X 2206-C TRAINING 2600A-X
CORRIDOR CONFERENCE — Fair: 0.02 – 0.05 2601-C 2210A 2701A 2560A-X CONFERENCE OFFICE VIDEO PRODUCTION 2300A-X 2502-R CORRIDOR WOMEN'S
ELECTRICAL — Poor: 0.06 – 0.19
2200A-X
2504B-X 1174-X 2301A-X CORRIDOR ELEV. 4 ELEV. LOBBY — Critical: +0.20 2501A-S JANITORIAL2103-C STORAGE 2101-K BREAK RM.
CONFERENCE
2204A 2208A 2209A FOCUS FOCUS FOCUS 2211A 2212A 1171-X 1172-X 1173-X FOCUS FOCUS ELEV. 1 ELEV. 2 ELEV. 3
2202A 2203A
FOCUS2100C-X FOCUSCORRIDOR Fair Buildings: 2102-C 2100B-X CONFERENCE LOBBY
2201A OPEN OFFICE Based on the Facility Condition Index (FCI), there is one floor on this campus that has a
good FCI score. The majority of the floors on this campus are in the good range based on
the FCI.
— TRWF Tower (0.02)
2100A-X STAIR B RECEPTION1181-X
The master plan phasing addresses the following critical issues:
— Phase 1 — Upgrade Touch-Down Space and Technology
— Phase 4 — Re-locate College IT and Support Services
— Phase 5 — Expand TCC Connect
24
0
0
A
-
X
CO
R
R
I
D
O
R
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Floor Plan 0' 10' 20' 40' North
Facility Condition Index (FCI) is the total cost of needed building repairs and renewal
divided by the current cost of replacing the building. Each building’s FCI score reflects the
current condition of the building: Good, Fair, Poor, or Critical
166 167
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY +
Demographic
Study
c 171
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
TCC GRADUATION
TCC has a diverse student body
represented not only at each campus, but
at the college level as well.
College Level Demographic Study
Facility Programming and Consulting (FPC) was engaged as a component of the master
plan team to provide analysis of the student population at all its campus locations. FPC
provided high level population projections of the region, including the Tarrant County
College service area and the taxing district.
The combined data from the labor market study and the demographic analysis helped to
inform components of the master plan. Demographic analysis of the College’s service
area provides insight into the growth and characteristics at both a college and campus
level. This analysis was synthesized and integrated into each scenario and grounded the
master plan in quantifiable data to provide context and rationale for recommendations.
In addition, an enhanced demographic study of the College was provided, which includes:
— A market study with related detailed information on race, ethnicity, income, education,
and other data for the catchment area, for the college is also provided.
— Data on student enrollment and residence. To understand current and future
demographics at the college, FPC used historic and five-year projected demographic
data to obtain a 10-year projection utilizing trend analysis.
— Unless noted otherwise, data and maps found in this section capture students who
were reported to be associated with a specific campus; this data includes all learning
modes: on-campus, exclusively 100% online, and/or a combination (hybrid) of both.
172 173
+
□FACILITY PROGRAMM ING
AND C O N SULTING
Market Summary
2021 v Tarrant County, TX
2010
Age Groups 2021
2031
0 :514
0 15-17
0 2010 18-34
0 2021 35-64
0 2031 2:65
No High School
High School Degree or Equivalent
Households Some College, No Degree
765.800 Associates Degree
Total 41.7% $239,100 Bachelor's Degree
Home Value Graduate Degree
Total Population
1,809,000
10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.4%
Population Age 18-64
1,140,600
1,319,900
1,476,900
10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.1%
Educational Attainment
V SOURCE: ESRI
Race/ Ethnicity
Diversity 76.8
Index
I Page 1 of2
Q White 0 Black 0 Asian Q Other Q Hispanic
NOTE: Per.ions of Hspanic Origin may be of any race. I Th e Civersitylndcx mcast1es the piooabil iy
tllat ~vo people from the same M!0 will be from different race/ ethnic groups . A Dversily Index
1111:re,~f-!i l11J1r1 II lo 1{XI as l t1e 1q11lal11x1 1s evml y d1•.11ci-xi 11i!o l wc1 f)r rrK •~ ,~:,~, f-!lhrnc grrnIIis
Income
$69,800
Median HH Income
$34.300
Per Capita Income
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AND CONS ULT I NG
Market Summary
2021 v Tarrant County, TX
Businesses and Employment
Sector PCT Businesses Employmen1
0 Businesses
Q Employment
An estimated 70,930
businesses are located within
the Market Area and they
employed approximately
888,470 workers.
In terms of employment, the
Retail Trade sector was the
largest in t he *Ma rket Area
with app roxi mately 133,600
workers . This sec t or
accounted for an estimat ed
10820 businesses.
Retail
Health Care
Accommodation
Educatio n
Professional
Manufactu ring
Other Serivces
Construction
Transportation
Government
Wholesa le
Fi nance
Real Estate
Ad ministrative
Entertainment
Informatio n
Unclassified
Mining
Utilities
Headquarters
A gricultu re
15.3%
8.6%
7.9%
2.4%
9.1%
3.4%
12.0%
6.7%
2.1%
1.3%
2.9%
5.7%
5.4%
3.3%
1.7%
1.7%
9.6%
0.3%
0.1%
0.3%
0 .2%
10,820
6,080
5,580
1,680
6,490
2,390
8,510
4,740
1,500
940
2,030
4,060
3,820
2,310
1,240
1,240
6,820
210
60
220
180
133,600
104,580
98,270
70,540
70,270
64,790
56,840
42,440
41,040
36,750
36,280
35,190
25,390
24,490
18,170
16,770
4,060
2,990
2,980
2,120
940
c:--=..-
PCT
15.B
11. 8 %
11.1%
7.9%
7.9%
7.3%
6.4%
4.8%
4.6%
4.1%
4.1%
4.0%
2.9%
2.8%
2.0%
1.9%
0.5%
0.3%
0.3%
0.2%
0 .1%
• Ma rket Area: Is the same as the regio n refe renced in the YELLOW ba r highlighted at the top of the page
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 2 of2
Occupations
Management
Professional
Sales
Admin
Farming
Construction
Maintenance
Production
Transportation
0 White Collar Q Blue Collar
&3.5" Q Services
22.41'
0.1%
4.9%
9.6%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
College Catchment Area College Catchment Area
174 175
+
□FACILITY Education Summary
PROGRAMM ING
AND CO NSULT ING 2021 v Tarrant County, TX
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School
Not Enrolled in School
568,300
1,395,500
Percent in/ Not in School 28.9% 71.1%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
GradeS-8 Grade 1-4 CLG
124K
Grade9-2
121K 1O9K
PRE KND GRAD
123K 34K 3OK 29K -0 PRE-Preschool O KND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE: 2015-2019 American Community Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
69.9%
K-12
19.1%
College
5.1%
Grad School
V SOURCE: ESRI, ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
$1,313,906,400
$1,716
99
Total Expenditures
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
College Tuition $778,957,000 $1,017 96
K-12 Tuition $178,019,800 $232 97
Other School Supplies $49,827,600 $65 106
Rental of Books/ Equipment $44,609,100 $58 105
Supplies for College $36,997,500 $48 110
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services $19,338,800 $25 97
Supplies for K-12 Schools $17,957,500 $23 110
Vocational Tuition $11,580,400 $15 107
Tuition for Other Schools $10,601,700 $14 98
Supplies for Preschool $2,519,800 $3 105
Supplies for Vocational Schools $756,600 $1 107
NOTE: An in dex of 100 reflects the national average. An index of 120 suggests spend ing is 20 percent above the average.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURCE: ESRI and Fac ility Programm ing and Consu ltin g
2,600,000
2,400,000 Historic Population Estimates I _ --2,433,300 ------------2,200 ,000 2, 12&,_201 .. - - _ _..--=------.---+---+---+---+-----t----;-----j
2,000,000 1,837~,9~0~0------------------
-~-+--+------+---+----t--t---1---;--7 1,800,000
1,600,000
-------1,476,900 1 319 900 --t------=:-:: - --~--.;..;;....--+---1-1,4oo,ooo , , ---------~-----------1 200 000 1,156,900 ' '
1,000,000
800,000
600,000
400,000
-
-
-
446,900 521 800 --------598,800
, ______________ _
~~---------------'~---'---'--+---4--4--1---+--t----t-----,1
I I
200,000 81,600 85,400 ~--------------------------------------------91,~0 0
2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025 2027 2029 2031
-2011-21 Total Population CNG: 288,300, 15.7% or CAGR 1.5% 11 2021-31 CNG: 307,100, 14.4% or CAGR 1.4%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-64 CNG: 163,000, 14.1 % or CAGR 1.3% 11 2021-31 CNG: 157,000, 11.9% or CAGR 1.1%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-34 CNG: 74,900, 16.8% or CAGR 1.6% II 2021-31 CNG: 77 ,000, 14.8% or CAGR 1.4%
-2011-21 Population Age 15-17 CNG: 3,900, 4.7% or CAGR 0.5% 11 2021-31 CNG: 6,000, 7.1% or CAGR 0.7%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
College Catchment Area College Catchment Area
176 177
+
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
SOURCE ESRI and Facili ty Programmi ng and Con sult ing
~ 0 0 0 .... ~ ..... 0 .... ~
~ ..... .... ~ "": ..... .... ~ 0 c--i ....
~ fo c--i ....
~ &, u:i <")
~ in
~
~ 0 ..... ""' ....
~ C") u:i C")
~ .... ..,; ....
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■ 2010-21 Age :514 -2011-21: -2.0% II 2021-31: -0.9%
■ 2010 -21 Age 18-34 -2011 -21: 0.2% 11 2021 -31: 0.1 %
■2010-21 Age ~65-2011-21: 3.3% II 2021-31: 2.6%
■2010-21 Age 15-17 -2011-21: -0.4% II 2021-31: -0.3%
□ 2010 -21 Age 35 -64 -2011 -21: -1.1 % II 202 1-31: -1.4%
700,000
600,000
500,000
400,000
300,000
200,000
100,000
0
SOURCE ESRI and Facil ity Programm ing and Consulti ng
4.2%
89,500
Silent & Greatest
(Born ::s1945)
@2026 ■2021
17.5%
371,400
Baby Boomer
(Born 1946-1964)
19.9%
422,800
Generation X
( Born 1965-1980)
26.3%
602,900
Millennia l
(Born 1981-1998)
24.4%
560,300
Generation Z
(Born 1999-2016)
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
14.3%
327,800
Alpha
(Born e:!:201 7)
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AN D C ON S UL T I N G
CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 SHARE OF POPULATION BY GENERATION, 2021 AND 2026
College Catchment Area College Catchment Area
178 179
+
Q O 5 10 20 30
Mi les
Source ESRI and Facility Programming and Consulting
c:J Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX (CBSA) r_: ~ Combined WDAs (4, 5, 6)
Population Age 18-64
D :;;10,000 -:;;30,000
O ::;;20,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
c:J Da llas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX (CBSA)
':.: ~ Combined WDAs (4 , 5, 6)
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Population Age 18-64
D ::;;10,000 -s;3o,ooo
[:J ::;;20,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
A N D CONS UL T I NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information Foc:ility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2010 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
180 181
+
Q O 5 10 20 30
Mi les
Source ESRI and Facility Programming and Consulting
c:] Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX (CBSA)
r_: ~ Combined WDAs (4, 5, 6)
Population Age 18-64
D :;;10,000 -s;3Q,000
O ::;;20,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
c:] Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX (CBSA)
':: ~ Comb ined WOAs (4 , 5, 6)
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
O s;o_oo/o •s;2 _o o/o •s;4 _oo/o D s;1 oo/o -s;3_ oo/o ->4 oo/o
□FACILITY PROGRAMMI NG
AND CONSU LT I NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2031 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
182 183
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT DISCUSSION
Students engaged in discussion between
each other.
Campus Level Demographic Studies
Facility Programming and Consulting (FPC) was engaged as a component of the master
plan team to provide analysis of the student population at all its campus locations, while
focusing on the enrollment, programs, and population makeup of the Main Campus. FPC
provided high level population projections of the region, including the Tarrant County
College service area and the taxing district.
Unless noted otherwise, data and maps found in this section capture students who were
reported to be associated with a specific campus. This data includes all learning modes:
on-campus, exclusively online, and/or a combination. This is an un-duplicated headcount.
Analysis includes calculating the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) to better
understand where higher/lower growth rate is anticipated in the next decade. In addition,
an enhanced demographic study of each campus, was provided, which includes:
— Diagrams overall college density by student residence.
— Identifies the “catchment area” for the college (catchment area is the area/boundary
derived by calculating the cumulative 80% of all students enrolled at Tarrant County
College from the top student resident zip codes).
— Identifies change in growth of the projected age 18 to 64 population of service area
over the next ten years by census block group.
184 185
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Central campus green and public space.
South Campus
Campus Background
The first and oldest campus apart of Tarrant County College, the
South Campus, is comprised of numerous one and two story
buildings. Having a high quantity of smaller sized buildings allowed
the campus to create a more typical college campus feel, creating
a network of paths and green spaces between the buildings with
all parking on the exterior of the campus. However, the minimal
square footage of many of the buildings has created functional
and operational challenges on the campus and the quantity of
front facing buildings creates a challenge for future students to
locate the “front door” of the campus. Looking towards the future,
all new construction, existing building renovations, and functional
reconfigurations should further the campus’ mission to produce
career-ready graduates.
The master plan team’s tour with the campus President and their
faculty and staff established a background of the campuses
identity and the direction that the campus leadership had in
mind. The history of the campus and the identity that has been
established was deemed integral to the success of the campus in
the future. However, aging infrastructure was recognized as being
Automotive Building shop space. Library and campus green, central campus elements.
a limiter for both student and community engagement. Future
program growth is also constrained by current available facilities
and the lack of an accessible experience for potential students.
The master plan programming for the future of the South
Campus should include the construction of new facilities aimed
at meeting the current and future needs of technical programs,
general instruction, and the creation of an Onboarding Building
consolidating student enrollment and support services. While the
overall square footage of the existing campus building stock is
sufficient to support current enrollment, the size, configuration,
and functionality of a portion of the space does not. Changing
pedagogy, section size, and program needs has led to the need
to evaluate some existing buildings in terms of their ability to
be renovated and support changing instructional needs. This
evaluation has identified campus buildings which may be better
served by demolition and replacement rather than renovation.
“Our faculty and staff work
efficiently and effectively for
the sole purpose of serving
students and helping to make
a difference in their lives,
and together we ensure that
they are prepared for further
education and productive
careers. Here students will find
a place that opens its doors to
all individuals who are eager to
learn, in an environment where
ideas are openly exchanged,
and diverse perspectives are
respected and appreciated. In
the end, we want our students
to excel.”
— Dr. Lufkin
186 187
+,~ Tarranl Cou11t y College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
A ND CONSU LTI N G
Market Summary
2021 v TCC: SO Campus Catchment Area, 2021 F
□FACILITY Market Summary
I Page 1 of 2 PROGRAMMING 2021 TCC: SO Campus Catchment Area, 2021 F I Page 2 of 2 V SOURCE ESRI AND CO NSUL T ING V V SOURCE ESRI
Total Population Businesses and Employment
2010 1,125,100 Sector PCT Businesses Employment PCT Occupations
Age Groups 2021 Race/ Ethnicity 0 Businesses Health Care 9.0% 3,180 64,010
2031
10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.4% 0 ::;;1 4 Population Age 18-64 0 15-1 7 -2010
18-34
0 2021 35-64
0 2031 2:65 10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.2%
Educational Attainment
No High School
High School Degree or Equivalent
Households Some College, No Degree
-Employment
Retail 15.7% 5,530 60,110 Diversity 79.4 Accommodation Index 8.1% 2,860 42,450 -White Collar Education 2.6% 920 40,420 10.0% 0 -White Professional Blue Collar An estimated 35,230 8.2% 2,890 36,520 9.0% 0 Black businesses are located within Manufacturing 3.2% 1,130 35,100 8.6% 0 Services
0 Asian the Market Area and they Other Serivces 13.0% 4,570 28,010 6.9%
0 employed approximately Construction 7.0% 2,460 19,730 4.9% Other 406, 160 wor kers. 'Mlolesale 2.5% 880 16,180 4.0% 0 Hispanic Finance 5.5% 1,950 12,120 3.0% Management Government 1.0% 360 11,410 2.8%
Real Estate 5.6% 1,960 10,370 2.6% Professional
In terms of employment, the
Health Care & Social Administrative 3.0% 1,070 7,750 1.9% Sales
NOTE: Per.;ons of H1span1c Ongon may be of any race. I The Doveos,tylndex measLJeS the proballlly Transportation 2.0% 690 6,810 1.7% that two people from the same area will be from different race/ ethnic groups. A [lveisity Index Assistance sector was the Admin increases from Oto 100 as the populaticxl is evenly dlided into two orroooe roce I ethnic gnxµ;. Entertainment 1.6% 580 6,590 1.6% largest in the *Market Area Farming I 0.1% w i th approxi mately 64,010 Information 1.7% 580 4,590 1.1 % Income
workers. This sector Unclassified 9.4% 3,320 1,720 0.4% Construction
458,000 Associates Degree
Total 38.2% Bachelor's Degree $221,100
Home Value Graduate Degree
$67,500 accounted for an estimated Mining 0.2% 80 890 0.2% Maintenance ■ 2.8%
Median HH Income 3180 businesses. Headquarters 0.3% 100 810 0.2% Production 5.3% Agriculture 0.2% 90 330 0.1% $30,600 Utilities 0.1% 20 260 0.1% Transportation 10.3%
Per Capita Income • Market A rea: Is the same a s the region r efe renced in t he Y E LLOW bar h igh lighte d a t t he top of the page
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
188 189
+
Education Summary □FACILITY PROGRAMMI NG
AND CONSULT I NG 2021 v TCC : SO Campus Catc hment Area , 2021 F
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School
Not Enrolled in School
361,200
853,700
Percent in/ Not in School 29.7% 70.3%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
GRA D
18K
0 PRE-Preschool -KND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE 2015-2019 American Community Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
70.8%
K-12
18.8%
College
5.0%
Grad School
V SOU RCE ESR I, ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
College Tuition
K-12 Tuition
Other School Supplies
Rental of Books/ Equipment
Supplies for College
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services
Supplies for K-12 Schools
Vocational Tuition
Tuition for Other Schools
Supplies for Preschool
Supplies for Vo cational Schools
$713,619,600
$1,558
90
Total Ex penditures
$419,861,000
$99,022,500
$27,753,100
$24,637,200
$20,182,500
$10,750,300
$10,194,900
$6,511,300
$5,942,300
$1,389,100
$418,600
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
$917 87
$216 91
$61 99
$54 97
$44 100
$23 90
$22 105
$14 101
$13 92
$3 97
$1 99
NOTE: An index of 100 reflects th e national average. An index of 120 suggests spend ing is 20 pe rcent above t he average.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOUR CE: ESR I and Facility Prograrm1ing and Con sulting
1,600,000
1,400,000
Historic Population Estimates ----1,510,900 ---1 I ---~----. 09..,: .. ----
1,200,000
1,142,800
1,000,000 --------9 0 -------13,200
811,90 ----
800,000 7081;,3~00~----------------------
600,000
400,000 326,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -376,200 277,,~5~00~-----------------------------
200,000
0
52 700 54,600
·---------------------------------------------58,400
2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025
-2011-21 Total Population CNG: 177,100, 15 .5% or CAGR 1.5% 11 2021-31 CNG: 190,900 , 14.5% or CAGR 1.4%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-64 CNG: 103,600, 14.6% or CAGR 1.4% 11 2021-31 CNG: 101,300, 12.5%or CAGR 1.2%
-2011-21 Popul ation Age 18-34 CNG : 48,500, 17.5%or CAGR 1.6% 11 2021-31 CNG: 50,300, 15.4% or CAGR 1.4%
-2011-21 Popul ation Age 15-17 CNG: 1,900 , 3.6%orCAGR 0.4% 11 2021-31 CNG: 3,700, 6.9%orCAGR 0.7%
2027 2029 2031
□FACILITY PROGRAMM IN G
AN D CO NSUL T lr-.G
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
190 191
+
SOURCE: ESRI and Facility Pro gramming and Consu lting
100%
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ &i ~ ro &; ~ • !o • ~ ro &; ~ ~ ro !o • ~ • !o ;s ~ '° ..... ..... '° 00 ai ai ai 0 0 0 ..... ..... ..... ..... N N N N c,; c,; c,; c,; ., ., ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 90% ~ ~ ~ ::,,e ~ • • ~ ~ ~ ,.._ (0 In • • ~ ~ ::,,e "'ii' ~ ~ • .. • "if!. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ,-..: .... ..... 0 &i .. .. • ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C0 ~ .. .. • M M ,.._ .,..: ....: ....: ~ ..... a, ,.._ ~ • • .. .. M CW) M M CD ~ (0 <D ~ C0 ,.._ (0 It) 80% M M M M (0 It') '° It') ~ ~ It') M M M M M M M
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
201 1 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■2010-21Age:s;14-201 1 -21:-2 .1% 112021-31:-0.9% ■2 010-21Age15-17-2011-21:-05% II 2021-3 1:-03%
■2010-21 Age 18-34 -201 1-21: 04% II 2021-31: 0.2% D 2010-21 Age 35-64 -2011-21: -0 .9% II 2021-3 1: -1.3%
■2010-21 Age ~65-201 1-21: 3.0% 11 2021-31: 2.2%
14,000
12,000
10 ,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
SOUR CE: Tarrant County College and Fac ility Programming and Consulting
Historic Enrollment
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Average of All Enrollment Scenarios
Projected Growth (2021-31)
■ Enrollment Change: 1,438
■ Total Percent Change: 21. 7%
■ Annual Growth (CAGR): 1.99%
CORGAN
9,317
8,053 7,441 7,402
4,949
20 10 201 1 2012 2013 20 14 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 20 23 20 24 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 203 0 2031
-Based on 2016-21 Trend Line
-2021 Capture Rate (2021 Enro llmenU 2021 Col lege Service Area Population Age 18-64) Held Constant at 0.5%
-catchment Area Population Age 18-64 , CAGR 2021 -31 Held Constant at 1.2%
-9-12 Grade Graduate Growth in Catchment Area (Institutions with >100 Graduates), CAGR 2015-20 Held Constant at 3.5%
-Average of all Enrollment Projection Scenarios (minus Trend Line)
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CONSU LT I N G
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 TOTAL FALL ENROLLMENTS PROJECTIONS
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
192 193
+
Hood
I
Cleburne •
@ Northwest
... Northeast
@ South
@ Southeast @ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
..
Population Age 18-64
LJ 510,000 -530,000
c:]520,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
__ 7
... Northwest
@ Northeast @ South
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10Miles
Q 15Miles
,~ T arranl C ou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
__, ___ ,_ --
thl •
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
LJ50.0% -$2.0% -$4.0%
LJ51.0% -$3.0% ->4.0%
□FACILITY PROGRAMMI NG
AND CONSU LT I NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
194 195
+
~
Hood
I
Johnso -
Cleburne •
@ south Campus
c:J Catchment Area
Catchment Area: Top ZIP Codes comprised of
5,355 students (CUML 79.5%); Capture Rate: 0.7%
Mile Radius
0 5 Miles
O rn Miles
0 15 Miles
Students by ZIP Code
D s:o -s:100
D s:2s -s:2so
-S:50 ->250
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
I I . " ,
... Parker '
,
YJ L
·'. ·;{ . . ' ... .. ,,._.,._.._,,,.,,
0 0 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Consulting -., South Campus
Mile Radii
0 5 Miles O 15 Miles
0 10 Miles
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Sparse
Dense
CORGAN
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY BY ZIP CODE STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY HEAT MAP
TCC has no on-campus student residences TCC has no on-campus student residences
196 197
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
View of a campus quad near the Library.
Interior of the Theater in the Fine Arts Building. Clock tower at the Student Union, a defining campus landmark.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Northeast Campus
Campus Background
The Northeast Campus is the second oldest campus within the
college and shares the Tarrant County College joint commitment
to being One College, Student Ready, Serving the Community.
The campus has been serving students for over 50 years on their
186.79-acre site. The campus consists of 17 buildings housing
various technical, academic, early education, and community
programs ensuring there is a place for everyone at the Northeast
Campus. Looking towards the future, all new construction,
existing building renovations, and functional re-configurations
should further the campus’ mission to support all learners in
achieving their goals.
The master plan team’s tour with the campus President and their
faculty and staff established a background of the campuses
identity and the direction that the campus leadership had in mind.
Emphasis was placed on the people that make up the campus,
from the students to the faculty and staff. The importance
of involvement in both the campus and the community were
underlined by the academic and student-centric programs that
the campus engages in. The diversity of the student body and the
pride that the students have in the campus was identified as a key
factor in the success of the campus. Additionally, the condition
of the existing facilities was identified as something that directly
effects overall campus morale. The leadership believes that
students deserve a high quality experience and that the spaces
should enable students to achieve their dreams.
The master plan programming for the future of the Northeast
Campus should take into account the construction of new
facilities aimed at meeting the current and future needs of
technical programs, Early College High School, Student Support
Services, and the development of a Learning Commons.
Renovations, additions, and new construction should focus on
implementing the College initiative of 3 Goals and 8 Principles.
The master plan will further enhance the existing cohesiveness
on campus by creating and enhancing pedestrian paths, outdoor
spaces, and connections between the existing buildings and any
new construction.
“Our faculty and staff take
pride in working here to
support learners in bringing
their goals to fruition. We are
TCC proud and resolute in
our commitment to support
students in completing the
goals they set for themselves.
We also take pride in a long
history of working lockstep
with our community partners
– civic, educational, economic
development, and corporate
– to ensure exceptional
experiences for TCC students
and families.”
— Dr. Ayers-Palmore
198 199
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
□FACILITY PROGRAMM ING
AND CO NSULT ING
Market Summary
2021 v TCC: NE Campus Catchment Area, 2021 F V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 1 of2
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AND CONS U LTI NG
Market Summary
2021 v TCC: NE Campus Catchment Area , 2021 F V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 2 of2
Total Population Businesses and Employment
2010 934,900 Sector PCT Businesses Employmen1 PCT Occupations
Age Groups 2021 Race/ Ethnicity 0 Businesses Retai l 14.9% 5,500 67,740
2031
10-YrProjected CAGR ► 1.6% 0 :51 4 Population Age 18-64 0 15-17 593,800 • 2010
18-34
0 2021
35-64
0 2031 2:65 10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.3%
• Employment Accommodation 7.6% 2,830 49,030 Diversity 71.7 Health Care Index 8.5% 3,160 40,710 • White Collar • Manufacturing 3.3% 1,210 34,330 8.3% 0 White Educatio n Blue Collar An estimated 36,980 2.4% 890 34,130 8.2% 0 Black businesses are locate d within Other Serivces 11.7% 4,310 27,790 6.7% 0 Services
0 Asian the Market Area and t h ey Construction 7.3% 2,690 22,430 5.4%
0 employed approximately Professional 9.1% 3,360 22,260 5.4% Other 414,870 workers. Wholesa le 2.7% 1,000 17,940 4.3% Q Hispanic Government 1.3% 480 17, 130 4.1% Management Finance 5.8% 2,140 15,720 3.8%
Educational Attainment
No High School
High School Degree or Equivalent
Households Some College, No Degree
Transportation 2.1% 770 15,620 3.8% Professional
In terms of employment, the
Retail Trade sector was the Administrative 3.4% 1,250 13,690 3.3% Sales
NOTE: Pe!sons of Hispanic Origin may be of any race. I Th e Diveisitylndex mrosues the p1000bil iy Real Estate 5.5% 2,040 13,450 3.2% tllat ~vo people from the same M!!l will be f,omdiffeient race/ ethnic groups . A Diveisily Index largest in t he *M arket Area Admin 1111:re;:-f)f-!i h1 J1r1 II lo 1{K> as ll te 1q11lal11H1 1s evml y d1•.11ct-x:l 11llo l wc1 f )r rrK N~ ,a:P., l-!lhr11c gn1111is with app roxi mately 67,740 Informatio n 1.8% 660 10,490 2.5% Farming 0.1% worke rs. This sector Enterta inment 1.8% 670 7,490 1.8% Income accounted for an esti mat ed Unclass ified 10.1% 3,730 2,220 0.5% Construction 4.3%
415,400 Associates Degree
Total 46.4% Bachelor's Degree $266,100
Home Value Graduate Degree
$78,000 5500 businesses. Headquarters 0.3% 120 1,070 0.3% Maintenance .3.1%
Median HH Income Mining 0.2% 70 780 0.2% Production Utilities 0.1% 30 590 0.1% $38,400 Agricultu re 0 .2% 80 270 0.1% Transportation 8.9%
Per Capita Income
• Market Area: Is the same as the region refe renced in the YELLOW bar highlighted at the top of the page
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
200 201
+
Education Summary □FACILITY PROGRA MMING
AND CO N S U LT ING 202 1 v T CC : N E Campus Catchment A rea , 2021 F
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School
Not Enrolled in School
304,700
736,500
Percent in/ Not in School 29.3% 70.7%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
0 PRE-Preschool -KND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE: 2015-2019 American Community Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
70.8%
K-12
17.4%
College
5.1%
Grad School
V SOURC E: ESRI , ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
College Tuition
K-12 Tuition
Other School Supplies
Rental of Books/ Equipment
Supplies for College
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services
Supplies for K-12 Schools
Vocational Tuition
Tuition for Other Schools
Supplies for Preschool
Supplies for Vocational Schools
$796,014,900
$1,916
111
Total Expenditures
$472,450,500
$109,862,000
$29,907,000
$26,776,300
$22,071,200
$11,723,000
$10,781 ,800
$7,062,900
$6,409,300
$1,524,700
$450,800
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
$1,137 108
$265 111
$72 118
$64 116
$53 121
$28 108
$26 122
$17 120
$15 109
$4 117
$1 118
NOTE: A n in dex of 100 re flect s t he national average. An i ndex of 120 s uggests spending is 20 percent above t he average.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURCE: ESRI and Fac ility Prog ramming and Consu lting
1,600,000
Historic Population Estimates
1,400,000
1,200,000
1,000,000
953,300
800,000 ----812,600 710,800 ---------------
604 '4 A~QQ~-------------------
6Q0,Q0Q :
400,000
222,900 268,800 -----------------------318,300
200,000 I I
0
42,500 46,200
------------------------ - - - - --------- - ---- - - -50,800
2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025 202 7 2029 2031
-2011-21 Total Popu lation CNG: 184,600, 19.4 % or CAGR 1.8% 11 2021-31 CNG: 191,800, 16.9% or CAGR 1.6%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-64 CNG: 106,400, 17.6% or CAGR 1.6% 11 2021-31 CNG : 101,700, 14.3% or CAGR 1.3%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-34 CNG: 45,900, 20.6% or CAGR 1.9% 11 2021-31 CNG: 49 ,600, 18.4% or CAGR 1.7%
-2011-21 Population Age 15-17 CNG: 3,700 , 8.8% o r CAGR 0.8% 11 2021-31 CNG: 4,600, 9.9% or CAGR 1.0%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
202 203
+
SOURCE ES RI and Faci lity Prog ramming and Con sult ing
100%
':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 8, ~ 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 CD 0) C"') CD ~ ~ ..... ..... 0 .,, ..... 0) ..... C"') .,,
00 c,; c,; c,; ci ci ci ..... ..... ..... N N N ('I) ('I) ('I) ('I) ('I) ~ ~ ~ 90% ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ~ ':§e. 0 0 &, ':§e. ':§e. 0 0) .. 0 ':§e. ':§e. '#. ~ ;j ~ '° .,, ~ .. ~ 0 ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. c,; c,i c,; c,; C"') ..... 0) ~ 0 .. 0 ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ~ .,, .. 0 C"') c,; c,; co N 0) CD C"') 0 0 0 0 ~ 80% ['I') C"') C"') co 00 00 ....: CD .,, "<:I" C"') C"') C") ....: ....: ....: C") ['I') C"') C"') C") ....: ....: ....: ....: C"') C") M M C"') C") C")
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■ 2010-21 Age ~14 -2011-21: -1.9% II 2021-31 : -0 .9 % ■ 2010-21 Age 15-17 -2011-21: -0.4% II 2021-31: -0 .2%
■2010-21Age18-34-2011-21:0.2% 112021-31:0.3% □2010-21Age35-64-2011-21:-1.2% 112021-31:-1.7%
a 2010 -21 Age ~65 -201 1-21: 3.2% II 2021 -31: 2.5%
20,000
18,000
16,00 0
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,00 0
4,000
2,000
SOURCE: Tarrant County Co ll ege and Facility Programming and Con sulting
Historic Enrollment
17,458
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Average of All Enrollment Scenarios
Projected Growth (2021-31)
■ Enrollment Change: 2,048
■ Total Percent Change: 21.5%
■ Annual Growth (CAGR): 1.96%
CORGAN
13,185
11,591 10,909 10,678
6,252
201 0 2011 20 12 20 13 2014 2015 2016 201 7 20 18 20 19 2020 2021 2022 2023 202 4 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 203 1
-Based on 2016-21 Trend Line
-2021 Capture Rate (2021 Enrollment/ 2021 College Service Area Population Age 18-64) Held Constant at 0.7%
-catchment Area Population Age 18-64, CAGR 2021-31 Held Constant at 1.3%
-9-12 Grade Graduate Growth in Catchment Area (Institutions with > 100 Graduates), CAGR 2015-20 Held Constant at 3.3%
-Average of all Enrollment Projection Scenarios (minus Trend Line)
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AN D CONS ULT I NG
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 TOTAL FALL ENROLLMENTS PROJECTIONS
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
204 205
+
@ Northwest
... Northeast
@ South
@ Southeast @ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
Population Age 18-64
LJ 510,000 -530,000
c:]520,000 -~30,001
Ellis
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
AN D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
0
'-{ Wise 1
I White Slettle
I
a O 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Consulting
@ Northwest
@ Northeast
@ South
Rendon • Mans •
A-isco I • I I
The Colont . ' I
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Murphy Wylie • •
' I
I owlett i • I
oo ----------r-~--
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
1 IL-.,;~-'
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
D :;;;0.0% -52.0% -54.0%
D :;;;1_0% •53.o% •>4.o%
Ellis
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
A N D CONS UL T I NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resu lting from error or omission in the in formation and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
206 207
+
□ Catchment Area
Catchment Area: Top ZIP Codes comprised of
7,694 students (CUML 79.6%); Capture Rate : 1.1%
Mile Radius
0 5 Miles
0 10 Miles
Q 15 Miles
Students by ZIP Code
LJ:50 -:5200
c=J ::;;50 -::;;400 1111 ::;;100 ->400
Ellis
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be respon~ble for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
• I
'
I,, '
It ... ,
..
•
,. • r
I
I .. I
. . ,
, .. .. ,
. , . . ' . ... -
Piir-ke r ~
Hood
I . I I. ~ • I' I White Slett I
0 0 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming an d Consu lting
Johnson
.... Northeast Campus
• Little Elm
Mile Radius
0 5 Miles 0 15 Miles
0 10 Miles
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Sparse
Dense
CORGAN
• •
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resu lting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY BY ZIP CODE STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY HEAT MAP
TCC has no on-campus student residences TCC has no on-campus student residences
208 209
+
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
.
~
~ • ~ v~l
"--'! • -• . . .
,:..,. • ;-~ ...
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Annual Horticulture program Spring plant sale.
Fire Academy training using the Fire Field at the Public Safety
Training Center.
Ongoing construction as part of bond projects involved in the campus redevelopment.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Northwest Campus
Campus Background
The Northwest Campus has focused on putting students first
for over 40 years. As teaching methodologies, technology, and
student needs continue to change, so have the space needs of
the educational facilities that support those functions. As TCC
looks forward to 40 more years of serving students, they are also
looking at what that means in terms of their current and future
facilities.
The master plan team’s tour with the campus President and their
faculty and staff established a background of the campuses
identity and the direction that the campus leadership had in mind.
Dr. Blankenbaker made it clear to the master plan team that the
defining guide for the campus is to respond to community and
employment needs.
The tour’s focus on the Public Safety Training Center and
Horticulture facilities was based on programs not addressed
by ongoing projects. Further development of these programs
is restricted by the existing facilities and the lack of updates. In
particular, the stagnant nature of the Fire Field and Swift Water
program, while unique elements, are not drivers for community
members to come back and engage with. These unique
facilities provide potential community involvement and revenue
opportunities, but lack of attention has lessened their usage.
Future program success was also established on the growth of
the facilities despite constant increase in student and community
member interest/enrollment.
The master plan programming for the future of the Northwest
Campus should take into account the construction of new
facilities aimed at meeting the current and future needs of the
Horticulture program, the Public Safety Training Center, and
future enrollment growth. In addition, renovation, expansion, and
reprogramming of the WHPE which provides resources for dance,
physical education and aquatic programs should be addressed.
The master plan will also focus on creating a cohesive campus
and working to create paths, outdoor spaces, and connections
between the existing buildings and any new construction.
“TCC Northwest is committed
to providing a student-
centered environment and
focusing our resources on
student learning, development,
and success. Our college
has over 155 student
organizations providing
you an opportunity to make
connections and develop
leadership skills that translate
to professional careers. We
hope that during your time at
TCC, you experience a sense
of community, respect, and
belonging both in and out of
the classroom.”
— Dr. Blankenbaker
210 211
+
,},-Tarran! Counl)' College· C O R G A N
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Classroom and lab space.
Flight Simulators used in the Pilot program. Aviation Maintenance Technology Lab.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Alliance West Site
Site Background
The Alliance West Site, also known as the Erma C. Johnson Hadley
Northwest Center of Excellence for Aviation, Transportation, and
Logistics, provides students with expanded credit and non-credit
training opportunities. The site provides specialty training while
core curriculum classes are completed online or on the main
campus. Students participating in programs at the Alliance West
Site are enrolled through the Northwest Campus.
The master plan team’s tour with the Real Estate and Facility staff
and conversations with site faculty established a background of
the site’s identity and the potential direction that the site had in
mind. The College’s investment has been very fruitful and yielded
a great asset, but there have been difficulties transitioning the
property from a corporate building to a community college site.
The usage of the third floor for Corporate Services has been
beneficial for the College, but the remainder of the building still
lacks student-centric functions and spaces. The all-day nature
of some of the programs and site location substantiates a need
for a food service option for students. Additionally, the former
corporate identity leaves little space for students to use as study
or gathering. The design of the hangar spaces were based on
workforce needs, which now do not provide optimal conditions for
instructional environments. The future of the site has determined
to lie in being more student-centric with its resources.
Master plan programming for the Alliance West Site should be
a multi-phase plan, allowing the facility to remain operational
while renovations provide necessary updates and expansions.
Reorganization and initial renovations should focus on the
aviation shop lab and its supporting facilities. Creating improved
flow, additional support spaces, and functional adjacencies
are a priority for this renovation. Additional building projects
should continue the focus on student, staff, and faculty needs,
implementing the College initiative of 3 Goals and 8 Principles.
Upgrading classrooms to align with IILE standards, providing
student success spaces, and creating staff and faculty
neighborhoods should be a priority as additional renovations
occur. Creating a visible, welcoming, easily accessible main entry
and an expanded pilot ramp are also proposed future campus
projects.
“It was important for us to
establish a center for aviation,
transportation and logistics
excellence in the Tarrant
County College because
the need for transportation
workers is continuing to grow.
… As the only public institution
that offers these critical
programs, we needed to be
prepared to meet that growing
need that undergirds the
economic development in this
region.”
— Erma Johnson Hadley
212 213
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Market Summary
2021 v TCC: NW Campus Catchment Area, 2021F □ rn~!1i~Pil Market Summary
V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 1 of2 2021 V TCC: NW Campus Catchment Area, 2021 F V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 2 of2
Total Population Businesses and Employment
2010 733,700 Sector PCT Businesses Employmen1 PCT Occupations
Age Groups 2021 Race/ Ethnicity Q Businesses Retail 15.9% 3,690 44,400
2031
10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.8% 0 S14 Population Age 18-64 0 15-17 455,600 • 2010 18-34
0 2021 35-64
0 2031 ~65 10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 1.6%
• Employment Accommodation 8.4% 1,950 30,480 Diversity 71.5 Education Index 2.5% 590 23,280 • White Collar Professional 7.8% 1,800 23,030 8.9% 0 • White Health Care Blue Collar An estimated 23, 160 6.8% 1,580 19,950 7.7% 0 Black businesses are located within Manufactu ring 3.5% 820 18,420 7.1% 0 Services
0 Asian the Market Area and they Othe r Serivces 13.0% 3,010 17,910 6.9%
0 employed approximately Construct ion 8.5% 1,960 15,910 6.1% Other 260, 160 workers. Vl/holesale 3.0% 700 13,840 5.3% Q Hispanic Transportation 2.1% 490 12,880 5.0% Management Governme nt 1.2% 270 9,390 3.6%
Educational Attainment
No High School
High School Degree or Equivalent
Households Some College, No Degree
Finance 5.2% 1,210 7,950 3.1% Professiona l
In terms of employment, the
Retail Trade sector was the Real Estate 5.3% 1,220 6,110 2.3% Sales
NOTE. f'e 1S()(1' of Hispa1Hc Ongi11 may be of any race. I n,e Diveisity Index ""'"""" u-., p1cwboliy Administrative 3.4% 780 5,680 2 .2% tllm two peopl e from the same area will be from d fferent raoe I ethnic QllX.l)S. A Clversity Index largest in the *Market Area Admin Incicascs from Oto 100 as the popuallon Is evenly Mdcd mto lWO or moic rocc I ethnic groups w i th approximately 44,400 Entertainment 1.8% 410 4,070 1.6%
workers. This sec tor Information 1.7% 400 3,560 ~ 1.4% Farming I 0.1%
Income accounted for an estimated Unclassified 9.0% 2,080 1,470 0.6% Construction
319,500 Associates Degree
Total
40.9% Bachelor's Degree $240,100
Home Value Graduate Degree
$77,200 3690 businesses. Mining 0.2% 60 6S0 0.3% Maintenance
Median HH Income Headquarters 0.3% 70 500 0.2% Production Utilities 0.1% 20 360 0.1% $34,600 Agriculture 0.3% 60 310 0.1% Transportation 9.1%
Per Capita Income
• Market Area: Is t h e same as the region referenced in the YELLOW bar highlig hted at the l op of the page
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
214 215
+
Education Summary □FACILITY PROGRA MMING
AND CO N S U LT ING 202 1 v T CC: NW C ampus Catchme nt Area , 202 1 F
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School
Not Enrolled in School
236,500
585,700
Percent in/ Not in School 28.8% 71.2%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
GRAD
11K
0 PRE-Preschool -K ND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE: 2015-2019 A mer ican Commu nity Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
72.9%
K-12
15.9%
College
4.6%
Grad School
V SOURC E: ESRI , ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
College Tuition
K-12 Tuition
Other School Supplies
Rental of Books/ Equipment
Supplies for College
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services
Supplies for K-12 Schools
Vocational Tuition
Tuition for Other Schools
Supplies for Preschool
Supplies for Vocational Schools
$552,243,000
$1,728
100
Total Expenditures
$324,625,300
$80,009,500
$21,650,900
$19,076,800
$15,284,200
$8,377,100
$8,120,100
$5,087,300
$4,654,600
$1,060,700
$318,000
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
$1,016 96
$250 105
$68 111
$60 107
$48 109
$26 100
$25 120
$16 113
$15 103
$3 106
$1 108
NOTE: A n in dex of 100 reflect s t he national average. An i ndex of 120 s uggests spending is 20 percent above t he average.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURCE ESR I and Facil ity Programm ing and Consu lting
1,200,000 I Historic Population Estimates
1,000 ,000
800 ,000
750,400
600 ,000 -----659,400
562,200 ---------------
465i:,3~00~---------------------
400 ,000
212,700 ---------------255,600 -------------------------------200,000
174,200
33,800 37,700
------------------------ - - - - ---- - - - ---- -------43,300 0
2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025 2027 2029 2031
-2011-21 Total Population CNG: 166,900, 22.2% or CAGR 2.0% 11 2021-31 CNG: 181 ,300 , 19.8% or CAGR 1.8%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-64 CNG: 96,900, 20 .8% or CAGR 1.9% 11 2021-31 CNG: 97 ,200 , 17 .3% or CAGR 1.6%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-34 CNG: 38 ,600, 22.1% orCAGR 2.0% 11 2021-31 CNG: 42 ,900 , 20.1% orCAGR 1.9%
-2011-21 Population Age 15-17 CNG: 3,900, 11.5% orCAGR 1.1% 11 2021-31 CNG: 5,600, 14.8% or CAGR 1.4%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
216 217
+
SOURCE ES RI and Faci lity Prog ramming and Con sult ing
100%
':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 8, 0 0 ..... ..,, CIO ..,, CIO "'": ~ CJ? ..... ..... en ..... C") ..,, ..... ..... C") CJ) CJ) CJ) 0 0 0 .... .... .... .... N N N N ('I) ('I) ('I) ('I) ('I) ~ ~ 90% .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ..... ..... .....
':§e. '#. ':§e. ~ ':§e. ':§e. &, ..... 0 0 0 '#. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ~ ':§e. co co ..,, 0 0 ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. co co co -.:I" C") C") ~ 0 0 0 '#. ~ ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. a:i ~ co N ..... CIO 0 0 0 C") co co ~ N 0 0 0 0 0 C") C") C") co co ~ ....: ..... .... 0 en CIO CIO 80% C") C") C") C") C") ..... ....: ....: CD ....: ....: CD CD ~ C") C") C") C") C") C") C") C") C")
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20% ~ "#-~ ..... ~ ~ r.l
10%
0%
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■ 2010-21 Age ~14 -2011-21: -1.9% II 2021-31 : -0 .7% ■ 2010-21 Age 15-17 -2011-21: -0.4% II 2021-31: -0 .2%
■2010-21Age18-34-2011-21:0.0% 112021-31:0.1% □2010-21Age35-64-2011-21:-0.7% 112021-31:-1.3%
a 2010 -21Age~65 -201 1-21:3.0% 112021-31:2 .1%
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURCE: Tarrant County Co ll ege and Facility Programming and Con sulting
16,000 Historic Enrollment
14 ,000 13,,~4t.J3 i-------~
12,000
10,000
8,00 0
6,00 0
4,000
2,000
Average of All Enrollment Scenarios
Projected Growth (2021-31)
■ Enrollment Change: 1,725
■ Total Percent Change: 25.0%
■ Annual Growth (CAGR): 2.26%
201 0 20 11 20 12 2013 2014 2015 2016 20 17 201 8 20 19 2020 202 1 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 203 1
-Based on 2016-21 Trend Line
-2021 Capture Rate (2021 Enrollment/ 2021 College Service Area Population Age 18-64) Held Constant at 0.5%
10,054
8,614 8,080 7,708
4,397
-catchment Area Population Age 18-64, CAGR 2021-31 Held Constant at 1.6%
-9-12 Grade Graduate Growth in Catchment Area (Institutions with >100 Graduates), CAGR 2015-20 He ld Constant at 3.9%
-Average of all Enrol lment Projection Scena rios (minus Trend Line)
□FACILITY PROG RAMM I NG
AN D CON SU LT I NG
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 TOTAL FALL ENROLLMENTS PROJECTIONS
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
218 219
+
I ' ....,
@ Northwest
... Northeast
@ South
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
Population Age 18-64
LJ 510,000 -530,000
c:]520,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
AN D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consu lting cannot be responsible for consequences res ulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
a O 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Consulting
@ I eB i
--·--r·-----1 ~ - --- - - --eu
@ Northwest
@ Northeast
@ South
Johnson
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
LJ 50.0% -52.0% -54.0%
LJ 51.0% -53.0% ->4.0%
d.,;• rr ■SCO ' he Colony • • I
Heig
•
Oak
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
A N D CONS UL T I NG
Information shown hereon is a graph ica l representation only and based upon available information Foc:il ity Programm ing and Consu lting cannot be responsib le for consequences resu lting from error or omission in th e in formation and graph ica l representat ions made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
220 221
+
. .
•
• .t'\.
Northwest Campus
c:J Catchment Area
Catchment Area: Top ZIP Codes comprised of
5,527 students (CUML 79.8%); Capture Rate: 1.0%
Mile Radius 0 5 Miles
0 10 Miles
Q 15 Miles
Students by ZIP Code
0 :::;o -:::;250 0 :::;2s -:::;soo
-:::;75 ->500
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Prog ramm ing and Consulting cannot be respon~ble for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
/'
. .
I
• I
•
•
-------'----~-----~~--
~ ..
' , .. ,
-..... ' ' I . • I .. s. . ' ~ ...
1' • :,
•
,
• .. \
Johnson "' ~ :l
liilll Northwest Campus
•
Mile Radius
Highland
• Denton
Flower Mound
•
0 5 Miles O 15 Miles
Q 10Miles
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Little Elm ,. Frisc
I
The Colon
•
Glenn Ellis Height ..,_._ "R
Sparse
Dense
--~
CORGAN
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be respon~ble for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY BY ZIP CODE STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY HEAT MAP
TCC has no on-campus student residences TCC has no on-campus student residences
222 223
+
CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Ongoing construction as part of bond projects involved in the
campus redevelopment.
Fine Arts classroom. Aerial view of Southeast Campus prior to redevelopment construction.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Southeast Campus
Campus Background
As a higher institution of learning, the Southeast Campuses most
capital-intensive aspect of its institution is its buildings. Space
is an asset and a tool for delivering the educational mission,
vision, values, and pedagogy for students on the Southeast
Campus. The need for additional, functional, and updated space
on the campus is the guiding strategy in the master plan for the
Southeast Campus.
Space is an asset and TCC’s facilities are a tool for delivering the
educational mission, vision, values, and pedagogy for students
on the Southeast Campus. Understanding what assets the
Southeast Campus currently has is imperative to establishing a
baseline upon which to build future space and renovation needs.
Existing space was examined to determine its current ability
to serve departmental needs both in quantity and functional
adequacy. The results of this analysis were utilized by the
master plan team to develop a detailed program of new and
renovated spaces as the campus moves forward with a mix of new
construction and renovation. The analysis was used to compare
current Southeast Campus facilities with the 3G8P guidelines to
make sure current and future spaces are functionally appropriate
and have enough flexibility to adapt to changes in instruction and
technology. The information will be used to bring transformative
spaces to the current and future buildings on the Southeast
Campus.
The master plan programming for the future of the Southeast
Campus should include the construction of additional academic
facilities and student spaces. The construction of the Student
Experience Building and the Academic Building, scheduled for
completion in 2024, provided the campus with additional space,
but was unable to bridge the enrollment cap in terms of the
overall campus space needs. Future expansion at the campus
should focus on creating a college campus atmosphere with
outdoor spaces, study spaces, student support areas, outdoor
recreational areas, and provide a place for students to be. The
overall plan should create a cohesive campus which includes the
existing and future early college high school communities.
“For the past 18 years, TCC
Southeast has focused on
helping thousands of students
achieve their personal and
professional goals though
our myriad academic and
workforce development
programs. Like all of the
campuses in the TCC family,
we commit daily to bringing
quality education to our
communities in an open,
friendly and affordable
manner.”
— Dr. Coppola
224 225
+,~ T arranl Cou11t y College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
□FACILITY PROGRAMM ING
AND C ONSULT IN G
Market Summary
2021 v TCC: SE Campus Catchment Area, 2021F V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 1 of2
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
A ND C O N S U LTI NG
Market Summary
2021 v TCC: SE Campus Catchment Area , 2021F V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 2 of2
Total Population Businesses and Employment
2010 478,900 Sector PCT Businesses Employmen1 PCT Occupations
Age Groups 2021 Race/ Ethnicity 0 Businesses Retail 15.8% 2,510 31,720
2031
10-YrProjected CAGR ► 1.1% 0 :51 4 Population Age 18-64 0 15-17 302,700 • 2010 18-34
0 2021 35-64
0 2031 2:65 10-Yr Projected CAGR ► 0.9%
Educational Attainment
No High School
High School Degree or Equivalent
Households Some College, No Degree
• Employment Accommodation 8.6% 1,360 24,370 Diversity 81.4 Education Index 2.8% 440 19,270 • White Collar • Manufacturing 3.1% 490 18,890 10.1% 0 White Health Care Blue Collar An estimated 15,850 8.5% 1,360 18,320 9.8% 0 Black busi nesses are locat ed within Other Serivces 13.0% 2,060 12,510 6.7% 0 Services
0 Asian the Market Area and t h ey Professional 8.5% 1,340 10,300 5.5%
0 employed approximately Government 1.1% 170 9,110 4.9% Other 186,800 workers. Wholesa le Q Hispanic 2.6% 410 7,560
r:
4.0%
Entertainment 1.8% 290 7,140 3.8%
Construction 8 Management
5.7% 910 7,020 3.8%
Fi nance 5.8% 920 5,480 2.9% Professional
In t erms of employment, the
Retail Trade sector was the Real Estate 5.4% 850 4,890 2.6% Sales
NOTE: Pe!sons of Hispanic Origin may be of any race. I Th e Diveisitylndex mrosues the p1000bil iy A dministrative 3.3% 520 3,710 ! 2.0% tllat ~vo people from the same M!!l will be f,omdiffeient race/ ethnic groups . A Diveisily Index largest in t he *Market Area i Admin 1111:re;:-f)f-!i h1 J1r1 II lo 1{K> as ll te 1q11lal11H1 1s evml y d1•.11ct-x:l 11llo l wc1 f )r rrK N~ ,a:P., l-!lhr11c gn1111is with app r oxi mately 31,720 Transportation 2.1% 340 3,190 ! 1.7% ! 1 0.1% worke rs. This se ctor Informati on 1.6% 250 2,010 i 1.1% Farming
Income ;
accounted for an esti mat ed Unclassified 9.8% 1,550 770 I 0.4% Construction
182,300 Associates Degree
Total 41.2% Bachelor's Degree $229,800
Home Value Graduate Degree
$72,200 2510 businesses. Headquarters 0.2% 30 260 0.1% Maintenance
Median HH Income Agri c ultu re 0.2% 30 110 0.1% Production 5.2% Mining 0.1% 20 110 0.1% $30,900 Utilities 0.0% 10 80 0.0% Transportation 10.1%
Per Capita Income
• Market Area: Is the same as the region refe renced in t he YELLOW bar highlig hted at the top of t he page
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
226 227
+
Education Summary □F ACIL IT Y PROGRAMM ING
AND CO NSULT ING 2021 v TCC: SE Campus Catchment Area, 2021F
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School 161, 700
Not Enrolled in School 349,400
Percent in/ Not in School 31.6% 68.4%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
0 PRE-Preschool -KND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE: 2015-2019 American Community Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
67.0%
K-12
23.1%
College
5.4%
Grad School
V SOURC E: ESRI , ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
College Tuition
K-12 Tuition
Other School Supplies
Rental of Books/ Equipment
Supplies for College
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services
Supplies for K-12 Schools
Vocational Tuition
Tuition for Other Schools
Supplies for Preschool
Supplies for Vocational Schools
$301,594,800
$1,655
96
Total Expenditures
$177,418,100
$41,526,400
$11,531,200
$10,154,700
$8,561,200
$4,518,800
$4,149,900
$2,773,800
$2,513,400
$610,400
$176,500
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
$973 92
$228 96
$63 103
$56 100
$47 107
$25 95
$23 107
$15 108
$14 98
$3 107
$1 105
NOTE: An in dex of 100 reflects the national average. An index of 120 s uggests s pend ing is 20 percent above the average.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURC E ESRI and Faci lity Progra mming and Con sulting
700,000
Historic Population Estimates
600,000 -----600,000 ---------539,500 - - - ----------500,000
484,400
400,000
341700 ----------375,100 ' -------------306i~,20~0---------------
300,000
200,000
141,100 -------------162,000 119,!40~0~----------------------- - - ---- -
100,000
23, 700 22, 700 ---------------------------------------------0 22,100
2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025 2027 2029 2031
-2011-21 Total Populat ion CNG: 55,100, 11.4% orCAGR 1.1% 11 2021-31 CNG: 60,500, 11 .2% orCAGR 1.1%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-64 CNG: 35,400, 11 .6% or CAGR 1.1 % 11 2021-31 CNG: 33,400 , 9.8% or CAGR 0.9%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-34 CNG: 21 ,700, 18.1% orCAGR 1.7% 11 2021-31 CNG: 21 ,000, 14.9% orCAGR 1.4%
-2011-21 Population Age 15-17 CNG: -900, -3.9% or CAGR-0.4% 11 2021-31 CNG: -600, -2.8% or CAGR-0.3%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
228 229
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURCE ES RI and Faci lity Prog ramming and Con sult ing SO UR CE : Tarran t Cou nty Coll ege and Fac ility Program mi ng and Cons ulti ng
100% 16,000
':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ 0 0 ~ 0 0 ~ 0 0 ~ CD ('? .... .... .... .... .... C! ~ ~ «? .... C") CD en GO GO oi oi oi 0 0 0 .... .... .... .... N N N N (") (") (")
Historic Enrollment .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... 90% ':§e. ':§e. ~ ~ ':§e. 0 ~ ':§e. '#. ~ CD C") 0 0 0 ':§e. ':§e. ~ ... ':§e. ':§e. ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 co .... CD ~ 0 0 ~ ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. GO .,..; C") N 0 • 0 0 ~ ':§e. .,..; .,..; CD ~ 0 .,..; .,..; ~ .... en 0 0 0 ~ C") C") C") co co co co en co CD C") C") C") iri co ~ iri 80% C") C") (") (") (") (") iri iri (") (") C")
14,000
12 ,000
70%
60% 10,000 10,313 R:3i ~ 8,890
50% 8,000
40% 6,000
30%
20%
4,000 Average of All Enrollment"-'~~-
Projected Growth (2021-31)
■ Enrollment Change: 1,324 2,687
10% 2,000 ■ Total Percent Change: 16.4%
■ Annual Growth (CAGR): 1.53%
0%
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2010 20 11 20 12 20 13 201 4 201 5 20 16 20 17 20 18 20 19 2020 202 1 2022 2023 202 4 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 203 1
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■ 2010-21 Age ~14 -2011-21: -2.8% II 2021-31 : -1.3% ■ 2010-21 Age 15-17 -2011-21: -0.7% II 2021-31: -0 .5%
■2010-21 Age 18-34 -2011-21: 1.5% II 2021-31: 0.9% □2010-21 Age 35-64 -2011-21: -1.4% II 2021-31: -1.7%
a 2010 -21 Age ~65 -201 1-21: 3.4% II 2021 -31: 2.7 %
-Based on 2016-21 Trend Line
-2021 Capture Rate (2021 Enro llmenU 2021 Col lege Service Area Population Age 18-64) Held Constant at 0.6%
-catchment Area Population Age 18-64 , CAGR 2021-31 Held Constant at 0.9%
-9-12 Grade Graduate Growth in Catchment Area (Institutions with >100 Graduates), CAGR 2015-20 Held Constant at 2.4%
-Ave rage of all Enrollment Projection Scenarios (minus Trend Line)
□FACILITY PR OGRAMMING
AND C O N S UL T IN G
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 TOTAL FALL ENROLLMENTS PROJECTIONS
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
230 231
+
Hood
Johnson '
Cleburne • c~
@ Northwest
... Northeast
@ South
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius
0 5 Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
Population Age 18-64
LJ 510,000 -530 ,000
c:]520,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMM IN G
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consu lting cannot be responsible for consequences res ulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
:::::::~~========~=::;:---...-r--------..----r----....... --------..... ---_----,,_-... _.....,,=--=-----.7"'1'""...,,.~b!--;..-;:_-;,""L---_-'"'1.,..,..-.....-~-------"T---_-.::-_-_-_-_-_-...,-..:::___,,--........ .....,.
a O 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Consu lting
h'FJJS J
@ Northwest
@ Northeast
@ South
Southl •
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
LJ 50.0% -52.0% -54.0%
LJ 51.0% -53.0% ->4.0%
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
A N D CONSULT I NG
Information shown hereon is a graph ica l representation only and based upon available information Foc:il ity Programm ing and Consu lting cannot be responsib le for consequences resu lting from error or omission in th e in formation and graph ica l representat ions made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
232 233
+
I I I I A.tie • I .
Hood
Cleburne •
@ Southeast Campus
c:J Catchment Area
Catchment Area : Top ZIP Codes comprised of
6,499 students (CUML 79.6%); Capture Rate: 1 .9%
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
Q 15 Miles
Students by ZIP Code o ~o -~200
□~25 -~300
-~75 ->300
.. ,
all ---
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be respon~ble for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
f-1' I I I I
•
•4 /
• , I I C L .. I' ..... .. I Whi
. . ---------
0 0 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Consulting
... :; . j~
• I • • I • I ~ I
@ Southeast Campus
Mile Radius
0 5 Mi les 0 15 Miles
0 10 Miles
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Sparse
Dense
CORGAN
I -
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resu lting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY BY ZIP CODE STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY HEAT MAP
TCC has no on-campus student residences TCC has no on-campus student residences
234 235
+
I
TRINIIY LEVEL 2. MAIN ST.
I'-Bookstore
1' Porking Goroge
Student life Center
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Trinity River "Main Street" near Rotunda and parking garage.
Recently renovated Learning Commons. The Idea Store is an important connection between the campus and downtown Fort Worth.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Trinity River Campus
Campus Background
The Trinity River Campus is comprised of two physical locations;
Trinity River Campus and Trinity River Campus East. The
campuses, separated by only a half mile, are easily accessible
by road or a beautiful walk along the adjacent West Fork Trinity
River path. The Trinity River Campus offers a number of general
education programs supporting careers in the STEM disciplines
while also provided signature educational path in areas such as
sign language. The Trinity River Campus was purchased from
RadioShack in 2008 and opened its doors to its first students in
the fall of 2009.
The master plan team’s tour with the campus President and their
faculty and staff established a background of the campuses
identity and the direction that the campus leadership had
in mind. The former corporate identity of the building had
caused the campus to develop in a staggered manner, and a
comprehensive review of program placement was welcomed.
The spatial limitations of the building constrains the placement
of program. The inadequacies of the existing space and layout
was most prevalent for the Onboarding and Health Professions
programming. Access for potential and current students is
hampered by the poor visibility of the current Onboarding location
and layout. The Health Professions programs lack space that
is properly sized or outfitted for optimal utilization. The exterior
conditions of the campus were also identified as an asset that can
further engage students and other community members.
Master plan programming for the Trinity River Campus requires
multiple building and campus wide improvements. While
the building is beautiful, it is over 15 years old and has some
deferred maintenance and functional improvements which
need addressed. Trinity River currently has a multi-level “Main
Street” in the TRTR Building which provides a number of student
services. A major project of the master plan on the campus is
the further development of a main, welcoming, accessible entry
point which provides easy and direct access to the “Main Street".
The construction of a new fourth wing is recommended to house
the Health Care Professions. Development of the new tower and
all interior renovations should include the implementation of the
College initiative 3 Goals and 8 Principles.
““From the moment you set foot
on TCC Trinity River Campus,
you will notice something truly
special about its environment.
The College has not only
invested in a positive learning
space that accommodates a
community of learners, but it
maintains an equitable culture
of care to support our students
and each other. By doing
so, we ensure a consistent
and successful academic
experience for all. Together,
our diversity creates a rich
campus community.”
— Dr. Madison
”
236 237
+
Cou11ty Collcg Tarranl ACH. , WCCE55 wm•• AE ~ ,· CORGAN
~-
F 1\ ~..,.
~;;:.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
THRA lobby and classrooms.
Health Professions Auditorium. Exterior shaded area with outdoor circulation, water features, and seating.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Trinity River Campus East
Campus Background
The Trinity River Campus is comprised of two physical locations;
Trinity River Campus and Trinity River Campus East. The
campuses, separated by only a half mile, are easily accessible
by road or a beautiful walk along the adjacent West Fork Trinity
River path. Trinity River Campus East focuses on providing quality
accredited healthcare programs as its main educational focus.
Trinity River Campus East, a newer campus, became operational
in 2011.
The master plan team’s tour with the Real Estate and Facility
staff established a background of the campuses identity and
the direction that the campus leadership had in mind. The initial
identity of the campus was altered during construction from
administrative functions to Health Professions programming.
This has caused the campus to infill within spaces that were
not originally designed for the current programming, and a
comprehensive review of program placement was welcomed.
The spatial limitations of the building constrains the placement
of program. The Health Professions programs lack space that
is properly sized or outfitted for optimal utilization. The master
plan team was invited to explore the different potential futures
of the campus through the lens of best possible use. This
included thinking about the possibilities of the campus not
just as performing college level functions, but also as working
with community members. The urban location of the campus in
downtown Fort Worth provides the College an invaluable asset.
Trinity River Campus East is the newest Tarrant County College
physical campus and as a result does not have a significant
amount of deferred maintenance. However, while in physically
good condition, the facilities are not suited for health care
education. Multiple levels, exterior access classrooms, long linear
buildings, and minimal room for future expansion suggest this
location is not the best fit for the TCC health care professions.
Master planning looks slightly different from the other campuses,
as it is the recommendation of the team to repurpose the building
for a higher and better use. The Health Care Professions should
be located in a newly constructed tower on the Trinity River
Campus. Development of the new tower should include the
implementation of the College initiative 3 Goals and 8 Principles.
"Our mission is to graduate
highly qualified Health Care
Professionals that exhibit a
desire to serve and advocate
for patient safety with a spirit
of excellence and an aspiration
for lifelong learning."
— Trinity River Campus
East Mission
238 239
+
Market Summary □FACILITY PROGRAMM ING
AND C O N SULTING 2021 v TCC: TR Campus Catchment Area, 2021F
Age Groups
0 :514
0 15-17
0 18-34
0 35-64
0 2:65
Households
533.300
Total
$223.900
Home Value
2010
2021
2031
2010
2021
2031
No High School
High School Degree or Equivalent
Some College, No Degree
Associates Degree
37.7% Bachelor's Degree
Graduate Degree
Total Population
1,282,900
1,530,100
1.775.800
10-YrProjected CAGR ► 1.5%
Population Age 18-64
798,500
940,700
1,071,400
10-YrProjectedCAGR ► 1.3%
Educational Attainment
V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 1 of2
Race/ Ethnicity
Diversity 78. 7
Index
0 White
0 Black
0 Asian
0 Other
Q Hispanic
NOTE: Per.ions of Hspanic Origin may be of any race. I Th e Civersitylndcx mcast1es the piooabil iy
tllat ~vo people from the same M!0 will be from different race/ ethnic groups . A Dversily Index
1111:re,~f-!i l11J1r1 II lo 1{XI as l t1e 1q11lal11x1 1s evml y d1•.11ci-xi 11i!o l wc1 f)r rrK •~ ,~:,~, f-!lhrnc grrnIIis
Income
$66,500
Median HH Income
$30,800
Per Capita Income
□FACILITY Market Summary
PROGRAMMING
AND CONS ULT I NG 2021 v TCC: TR Campus Catchment Area, 2021F
0 Businesses
Q Employment
An estimated 44,430
businesses are locate d within
the Market Area and they
employed approximately
537,250 workers.
Businesses and Employment
Sector PCT Businesses Employmen1
Retail
Health Care
Accommodation
Professional
Manufacturing
Educatio n
Other Serivces
Construction
Fin ance
Wholesale
Government
Transportation
Real Estate
Ad ministrative
Entertainment
Informatio n
Mining
Utilities
Unclassified
Headquarters
A gricultu re
15.3%
8.1%
8.0%
8.9%
3.4%
2.5%
12.5%
7.2%
5.9%
2.7%
1.2%
1.9%
5.5%
3.1%
1.7%
1.7%
0.4%
0.1%
9.2%
0.3%
0 .3%
6,800
3,620
3,560
3,940
1,520
1,090
5,580
3,180
2,620
1,210
530
850
2,450
1,390
760
760
170
40
4,100
140
130
76,550
70,570
54,580
47,500
45,720
45,290
35,460
26,980
23,980
22,100
19,630
16,380
14,240
12,320
8,640
7,480
2,720
2,620
2,440
1,430
640
c:--=;;;;;;;-
PCT
14.21'
13.1%
10.2%
8.8%
8.5%
8.4%
6.6%
5.0%
4.5%
4.1%
3.7%
3.0%
2.7%
2.3%
1.6%
1.4%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.3%
0.1%
• Ma rket Area: Is the same as the regio n refe renced in the YELLOW ba r highlighted at the top of the page
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
V SOURCE: ESRI I Page 2 of2
Occupations
Management
Professional
Sales
Admin
Farming
Construction
Maintenance
Production
Transportation
0 White Collar Q Blue Collar
&O.K Q Services
17.1'6
21.7"
0.1%
10.4%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
240 241
+
Education Summary □FACILITY PROGRAMM ING
AND CO NSULT ING 2021 v TCC: TR Campus Catchment Area, 2021F
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School
Not Enrolled in School
409,900
982,500
Percent in/ Not in School 29.4% 70.6%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
GRAD
20K
0 PRE-Preschool -KND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE: 2015-2019 American Community Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
70.4%
K-12
18.9%
College
4.9%
Grad School
V SOURC E: ESRI , ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
College Tuition
K-12 Tuition
Other School Supplies
Rental of Books/ Equipment
Supplies for College
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services
Supplies for K-12 Schools
Vocational Tuition
Tuition for Other Schools
Supplies for Preschool
Supplies for Vocational Schools
$831,318,600
$1,559
90
Total Expenditures
$489,262,000
$114,304,000
$32,315,700
$28,766,500
$23,693,800
$12,507,100
$11,877,300
$7,554,900
$6,908,200
$1,613,900
$488,200
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
$917 87
$214 90
$61 99
$54 97
$44 101
$23 90
$22 105
$14 100
$13 92
$3 96
$1 99
NOTE: An in dex of 100 reflects the national average. An index of 120 s uggests s pend ing is 20 percent above the average.
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
SOURCE: ESRI and Facility Prog ramm ing and Consultin g
2,000,000
Historic Population Estimates
1,800,000
1,600,000
1,400,000
1 200 000 1,305,300
' '
1,000,000 940,70
811:!;,40~0~-----------------
800,000
------1,071,400
0 ----------------
600,000
0 400 000 381,20 ___ _
, 325,~70~0~---------------------- - - ---------------4 41,100
200,000
58,000 62,400
------------------------ - - - - --------- - - - - ----69,000 0
2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021 2023 2025 2027 2029 2031
-2011-21 Total Popu lation CNG: 224,700, 17.2% or CAGR 1.6% 11 2021-31 CNG: 245,700, 16.1% or CAGR 1.5%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-64 CNG: 129,200, 15.9% or CAGR 1.5% 11 2021-31 CNG : 130,700, 13.9% or CAGR 1.3%
-2011-21 Population Age 18-34 CNG: 55,500, 17.1% or CAGR 1.6% 11 2021-31 CNG: 59 ,900, 15.7% or CAGR 1.5%
-2011-21 Population Age 15-17 CNG: 4,400 , 7.6%o r CAGR 0.7% 11 2021-31 CNG: 6,500, 10.5% orCAGR 1.0%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
242 243
+
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
SOURCE ES RI and Faci lity Prog ramming and Con sult ing
':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 ~ u, OC) C) ..... ..,, OC) ..... ,.._ C! ~ ~ ~ ..... M ..,, OC) C) CJ) CJ) CJ) 0 0 0 .... .... .... .... N N N N ('I) ('I) ('I) ('I) ('I) ~ ~ .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ..... ..... .....
':§e. '#. ':§e. -;fl. ':§e. ':§e. ~ 0 ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. '#. .... .... 0 0 0 0 -;1e. ':§e. ':§e. ':§e. ....; a, en OC) 0 0 ';;!!. ':§e. '#. ':§e. ':§e. ....; ....; ,.._ ,.._ u, :1, 0 0 0 ':§e. ';;!!. ....: co co ~ M ..... a, 0 0 0 M co co I'-; ..,, OC) 0 M M M co u;; co ~ ,.._ u, u, ..,, M M M in ..,, in in in in M M M M M M in in M M M M M M
~ '#, ~ 0 i i ~
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■ 2010-21 Age ~14 -2011-21: -1.9% II 2021-31 : -0 .8% ■ 2010-21 Age 15-17 -2011-21: -0.4% II 2021-31: -0 .2%
■2010-21Age18-34-2011-21:0.0% 112021-31:-0.1% □2010-21Age35-64-2011-21:-0.7% 112021-31:-1.1%
a 2010 -21Age~65 -201 1-21:2.9% 112021-31:2 .1 %
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
SO UR CE : Tarran t Cou nty Coll ege and Fac ility Program mi ng and Cons ulti ng
Historic Enrollment
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Average of All Enrollment Scenarios
Projected Growth (2021-31)
■ Enrollment Change: 1,232
■ Total Percent Change: 23.3%
■ Annual Growth (CAGR): 2.12%
CORGAN
7,613 6,510 6,011 5,906
2,452
2010 2011 20 12 20 13 201 4 20 15 20 16 201 7 201 8 2019 20 20 2021 2022 202 3 202 4 2025 2026 20 27 202 8 20 29 20 30
-Based on 2016-21 Trend Line
-2021 Capture Rate (2021 Enro llmenU 2021 Col lege Service Area Population Age 18-64) Held Constant at 0.4%
-catchment Area Population Age 18-64 , CAGR 2021-31 Held Constant at 1.3%
-9-12 Grade Graduate Growth in Catchment Area (Institutions with >100 Graduates), CAGR 2015-20 Held Constant at 3.7%
-Ave rage of all Enrollment Projection Scenarios (minus Trend Line)
□FACILITY PR OGRAMMING
AND CO N S UL T IN G
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 TOTAL FALL ENROLLMENTS PROJECTIONS
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
244 245
+
Hood
@ Northwest
... Northeast
@ South
@ Southeast @ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
Population Age 18-64
LJ 510,000 -530,000
c:]520,000 -~30,001
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
_____ (........__
Wise
I
----, ___ ...J. -
... Northwest
@ Northeast @ South
@ Johnson
@ Southeast
@ Trinity River
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10Miles
Q 15Miles
,~ T arranl C ou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Dento er Mound• ~ .......,.__, __ _
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
LJ50.0% -$2 .0% _::,AO%
LJ51.0% -$3.0% ->4.0%
Lancaster •
□FACILITY PROGRAMMI NG
AND CONSU LT I NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
246 247
+
@ Trinity River Campus
D Catchment Area
Catchment Area: Top ZIP Codes comprised of
4,302 students (CUML 79.4%); Capture Rate: 0 .5%
Mile Radius O s Miles
0 10 Miles
0 15 Miles
Students by ZIP Code
O :;;o -:;;100
O :;;25 -~00
-:;;50 ->200
□FACILITY PROGRAMM I NG
A N D CO N SU LTI NG
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
...
'
I
4 .. '
-~ -• . ., ,
•' r. ..
•• •
. 1
•
' .. , • • • Wise
r
••
' Jj ~
-
@ Trinity River Campus
• ••
Mile Radius
Q 5 Miles Q 15 Miles
Q 10 Miles
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Sparse
Dense
CORGAN
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY BY ZIP CODE STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY HEAT MAP
TCC has no on-campus student residences TCC has no on-campus student residences
248 249
+
,~ Tarranl CouHt)' College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
Faculty breakout space.
Focus rooms. Presentation and event space.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
TCC Connect
Campus Background
TCC Connect provides students with an alternative educational
experience through eLearning and Weekend College. The
campus is designed to provide online and accelerated learning
options through a variety of course offerings to include eight-
week courses, monthly-starts, May-mester and Winter-mester.
All student services, such as advising, online tutoring, library
services, writing center, and test proctoring, can be accessed
online. The TCC Connect Campus was named a Top 60 Best
Online Community Colleges and Trades Schools of 2022
— Intelligent.com. As TCC looks to the future, the College is
exploring the possibilities for eLearning in terms of current
infrastructure and future growth for students, faculty, and staff.
The master plan team’s tour with the Campus President and their
faculty and staff established a background of the campuses
identity and the direction that the campus leadership, had in mind.
While many of the campuses students engage in a distance-
learning capacity, the physical futures of the campus were
identified as being tied to future needs for additional on-location
staff. The need for additional instructional spaces for Weekend
College was also outlined, but potential facility sharing with Trinity
River was a potential solution. The usage of technology impacts
the ability for the campus to function to its desired degree.
Technology for lecture capture and recording would improve the
abilities of the campus. Maintaining the position of the campus on
the cutting edge with its active teaching functionality is central to
its success and ability to provide service for students.
The master plan programming for TCC Connect should account
for the faculty and staff needed to support current and future
student growth. Although most student services are virtual, there
is and will continue to be a need for additional space for the staff
which support these functions. Student growth also requires
additional faculty and faculty resources. Spaces to support the
development of online course work, faculty collaboration, tech
support, and administrative development are needed to support
this unique college. The master plan should be mindful of the
College initiative of 3 Goals and 8 Principles, applying them as
possible to any renovations or expansions to the staff and faculty
spaces of TCC Connect.
“My commitment is to lead our
faculty and staff to continue
to provide students the best
learning experience. Whether
you are a first year student
in one of our fully-online
programs, or part of our
Weekend College, we are here
to assist you in your journey.
I look forward to facilitating
your success and wish you the
best of luck in your college
experience.”
— Dr. Morales
250 251
+
0 S14 0 15-17 0 18-34 0 35-64 0 c:!65
Market Summary
20 22 v TCC: CN Connect Catchment Area , 2021 F
Age Groups
18-64
Households
693,300
Total
$252,000
Median Home Value
37.7%
2010
2022
2032
2010
2022
2032
No High School
Total Population
1,600,000
1,946,000
2,187,000
10-YrProjectedCAGR ► 1.2%
Population Age 18-64
1,006,100
1,205,000
1,326,900
10-YrProjectedCAGR ► 1.0%
Educational Attainment
High School Degree or Equivalent
Some College , No Degree
Associates Degree 9.0%
43.5% Bachelor's Degree 23.9%
Graduate Degree 10.6%
V SO URCE : ESRI
Race/ Ethnicity
Diversity 81 .6
Index
I Page 1 of 2
0 White 0 Black
Q Asian Q Other Q Hispanic
NOTE: Peisons of Hispa,,ic Ongin may be of any race. I The Divetsity Index measures the probal>lly
that IWo people from the same area will be from different race/ ethnic groups. A llver.;ity lncex
increases from Oto 100 as the population is evenly d1..;ded into IWoormore race I ethnic groups.
Income
$78,500
Median HH Income
$37,800
Per Capita Income
Market Summary
2022 v TCC : CN Connect Catc hment A rea , 2021 F
Q Businesses 0 Employment
An estimated 55,640
bu siness es are located w ithin
the Market A rea an d t hey
employed ap proximately
604,100 wo rk ers.
In terms of employment, the
Retail Trade secto r was t he
larg es t in t he *Ma rket Area
with approxima t ely 98,400
w orkers. Thi s se ctor
accounted for an estim ated
8,350 bu si nesses.
Businesses and Employment
Sector PCT Businesses Employme nt
R etail
Accom modati on
He alth Care
Educat ion
M anufacturin g
Profession al
Other Se rivces
Constru ction
W holesale
Govern ment
Fi nance
T ra nsportation
Rea l Estate
Adm inistrative
Informati on
Ent erta inment
U ncl assi fie d
H eadquarters
Mining
Utilities
Agri c ulture
15.0%
8.1%
7.8%
2.4%
3.3%
8.7%
12.5%
7.5%
2.7%
1.2%
5.5%
2.3%
5.4%
3.3%
1.6%
1.8%
10.1%
0.3%
0.2%
0.1%
0.3%
8,350
4,530
4,350
1,360
1,820
4,820
6,950
4,150
1,500
650
3,070
1,280
3,010
1,810
910
980
5,640
160
120
50
140
98,400
73,070
60,010
53,300
48,550
44,710
42,000
33,190
27,550
22,720
21,870
19,370
16,160
13,020
11,760
11,190
3,200
1,660
1,230
620
530
PCT
16.3%
12.1%
9.9%
8.8%
8.0%
7.4%
7.0%
5.5%
4.6%
3.8%
3.6%
3.2%
2.7%
2.2%
1.9%
1.9%
0 .5%
0.3%
0.2%
0.1%
0.1%
• Market Area : Is the same as the reg ion referenced in the YE LLOW ba r high lighted at the top of th e page
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
V SOU RCE: ESRI I Page 2 of 2
Occupations
11.9"
Manag em ent
Professional
Sa les
Ad min
Farming
Construction
Ma intenance
Prod uction
Transportation
0 W hite Collar Q Bl ue Collar
Q Services
18.3"
21.3"
1.9"
12A"
0.1%
5.6%
3 .2%
5.2%
10.1%
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
MARKET SUMMARY MARKET SUMMARY
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
252 253
+
Education Summary
20 22 v TCC: CN Connect Catchment Area , 2021 F
Education Enrollment
Total Enrolled in School
Not Enrolled in School
504,900
1,266,900
Percent in/ Not in Schoo l 28.5% 71.5%
School Enrollment by Grade Level
Grade 5-8 Grad e 1-4 CLG
113K
Grade 9-1 2
106K 92K
PRE KND GRAD
112K 30K 26K 26K
0 PRE-Presc hool O KND-Grade 12 0 Higher Ed
SOURCE: 2016-2020 American Community Survey
Percent of
Enrolled
70.8%
K-12
18.3%
College
5.1%
Grad School
V SOU RCE : ESRI, ACS
Household Expenditures on Education
Total Spending
Average/ Household
Index
Spending Category
$1,308,134,400
$1,887
96
To tal Ex penditures
I Page 1 of 1
Average/ Index
Household
College Tuition $771,768,400 $1,113 93
K-12 Tuition $181,302,700 $262 97
Other School Su pplies $50,382,500 $73 105
Rental of Books/ Equipment $44,804,300 $65 102
Supplies for College $36,684,400 $53 106
Test Preparation/ Tutoring Services $19,441,800 $28 94
Supplies for K-12 Schools $18,424,700 $27 110
Vocational Tuition $11,801,800 $17 106
Tuition for Other Schools $10,722,000 $15 96
Supplies for Preschool $2,530,300 $4 102
Supplies for Vocational Schools $761,600 $1 105
NOTE: An index of 100 reflects the national average. An i ndex of 120 suggests spending is 20 percent above the average.
SOURCE: ESRI and Facility Programming and Co nsulting
2,500,000
Historic Population Estimates
2,250,000
2,000,000
,~ T arranl Cou11t y College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
l
1---1----J---f--l---+--t--t--~-2,188,200 --· ------___
1•946 •000 ---------------------
1,750,000 1,65i!7,~60~0!-,------------
1,500,000
1,326 ,900
1,250,000
1,039 ,
1,000,000
1205 000 --1-~~l-~---'..~-'L__ ----------~~~------------------·--· -------------
750,000
500,000
533 ,900
472 ,200 ----------------------------------------------396 ,000 250,000 74 ,200 79 ,300 83 ,200 ----------------------------------------------0
20 12 20 14 20 16 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026 2028 2030 2032
-2012-22 Total Popu lation CNG: 288,400, 17.4%or CAGR 1.6% II 2022-32 CNG: 242,200 , 12.4%or CAGR 1.2%
-2012-22 Age 18-64 CNG: 165,700 , 15.9% or CAGR 1.5% 11 2022-32 CNG: 122 ,000, 10.1% or CAGR 1.0%
-2012-22 Age 18-34 CNG: 76 ,200, 19.2% or CAGR 1.8% 11 2022-32 CNG: 61,700 , 13.1%or CAGR 1.2%
-2012-22 Age 15-17 CNG: 5,100, 6.9%or CAGR 0.7% 11 2022-32 CNG: 3,900, 4.9%or CAGR 0.5%
CORGAN VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
EDUCATION SUMMARY HISTORIC AND PROJECTED POPULATION ESTIMATES
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
254 255
+
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
SOURCE: ESRI and Facil ity Programming and Consulting
"$. "$. .... .... c ~ .... .... ~ ~ ~ .... ~ ~
~ ....
~ &i
~ ....
~ ~ c-.i ....
"$. .... ...: M
~ .. .... ...: M
~ 0 M co M
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032
Percentage Point Change by Cohort and 10-YearTime Frames
■2012-22 Age $;14: -1 .9% 11 2022-32: -0.8% ■2012-22 Age 15-17: -0.4% 11 2022-32: -0 .3%
■2012-22 Age 18-34: 0.4% II 2022-32: 0.1%
B 2012-22 Age ~65: 3.1 % II 2022-32: 2.4%
□20 1 2-22Age35-64:-1.1% II 2022-32:-1.4%
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
SOURCE : Tarrant County College and Facility Programming and Consulting
Historic Enrollment
14,047
12,776
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
18,415 17,771
15 ,290 14,123 13 ,975
Average of All Enrollment Scenarios
Projected Growth (2021-31)
■ Enrollment Change: 2,514
~-+---+--■ Total Percent Change: 19.7%
■ Annual Growth (CAGR): 1.81 %
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
-Based on 2016-21 Trend Line
-2021 Capture Rate (2021 Enrollment/ 202 1 Cdlege Service Area lnterpdated Popul ation Age 18-64) Held Constant al 1.()%
-catchment Area Population Age 18-64, CAGR 2022-32 Held Constant at 1.0%
-9-12 Grade Graduate Growth in Catchment Area (Institutions with > 100 Graduates), CAGR 2015-20 Held Cons tant at 3.4%
-Average of all Enrollment Proj ection Scenarios (minus Trend Line)
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AND C ON SUl T I N G
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
SHARE OF POPULATION BY AGE COHORTS, 2011 – 2031 TOTAL FALL ENROLLMENTS PROJECTIONS
Campus Catchment Area Campus Catchment Area
256 257
+
Tarrant Campus Locations
... Northwest @ South @ Trinity River @ Northeast @ Southeast
Population Age 18-64 0 S10,000 -S40,000
D s20 ,ooo •sso,ooo
-S30,000 ->50,000
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AN D CONSULTING
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon
Tarrant Campus Locations 6 0 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Cons ulting
@ Northwest @ South @ Trinity River @ Northeast @ Southeast
Annual Growth
Population Age 18-64
D so.0% D :s:2 .0% -:s:4 .0%
D s1 .0% -s3.o% ->4.o%
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resu lting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
2021 POPULATION AGE 18 – 64 POPULATION GROWTH AGE 18 – 64, CAGR 2021 – 2031
ZIP Code Analysis ZIP Code Analysis
258 259
+
c:::::] Catchment Area
Catchment Area: Top ZIP Codes comprised of
10,434 students (CUML 79 .4%); Capture Rate: 0.9%
Students by ZIP Code
0 $0 -$200
0 $50 -$400
-$100 ->400
□FACILITY PROGRAMMING
AN D CONSULTING
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resulting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon
,~ Tarranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
' ... ' I,
~ \
• • . . .. . .. :•. • 4 • ' • , . ,
Parker
•
\
•
. 1
6 0 5 10Mi les W Source: ESRI and Facility Programming and Cons ulting
Tarrant Campus Locations @ Northwest @ South @ Trinity River
... Northeast @ Southeast
Sparse
Dense
Information shown hereon is a graphical representation only and based upon available information. Facility Programming and Consulting cannot be responsible for consequences resu lting from error or omission in the information and graphical representations made hereon.
VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY VOLUME II DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY
STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY BY ZIP CODE STUDENT RESIDENCE DENSITY HEAT MAP
TCC has no on-campus student residences TCC has no on-campus student residences
+
VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY
Labor Market
Study
c 263
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY
ALLIANCE WEST SITE
Student engaged in the Welding program.
Labor Market Study
Facility Programming and Consulting (FPC) provided data related to job demand, need,
and growth within the College’s service area and the Greater Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington,
Texas, MSA. The Texas Workforce Commission projected occupational data cited in this
report is a summation of three Workforce Development Areas (WDA): Dallas County,
Tarrant County, and North Central. The combined data from the labor market study and
the demographic analysis helped to inform various components of the master plan. The
labor market study utilized the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) occupational data
and serves as the basis for the report.
Using the National Center for Education Statistics SOC (Standard Occupational
Classification) to CIP (Classification of Instructional Programs) crosswalk, plus THECB’s
fall enrollment and award data, we linked fall Enrollment and award data by CIP to each
SOC where a relationship existed at Tarrant County College.
Abbreviations
CIP — Classification of Instructional Programs code (by US Dept. of Ed. National Center
for Education Statistics)
SOC — State Occupation Code (by TWC)
264 265
+
\
\
\
. .
Palo Pinto
I --Mi ne ral WelJs •
. ~
Stephenville •
Weatherford •
I
Lewisvi , . oiithla •
..... _ .. ,. ... I ,. • .,
\., .... ..
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY
TARRANT COUNTY COLLEGE CATCHMENT AREA
Dallas, North Central Texas, Tarrant WDAs
VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY
Labor Market Study Process
Education to Workforce Analysis
COLLECT AVAILABLE DATA BY OCCUPATION
Data collected from Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) for each
of the three Workforce Development Areas (WDAs) with which
Tarrant County College borders and/or intersects:
— North Central Texas
— Dallas County
— Tarrant County
IDENTIFY THE TOP 20 OCCUPATIONS
Occupations chosen which require education of an Associates
Level Degree or less for each of the following categories:
— Highest Aggregate Job Change
— Highest Annual Growth
— Highest Annual Turnover
— Highest Average Annual Wage
CORRELATE TWC OCCUPATIONS WITH
TARRANT COUNTY COLLEGE HISTORIC
ENROLLMENT/AWARD DATA (2015-2020)
Information provided by Tarrant County College and the Office
of Institutional Research and Effectiveness, supplemented
by THECB data, compared across all three WDAs. CIPs were
associated with TWC SOC.
IDENTIFY REMAINING OCCUPATIONS
Occupations for which Tarrant County College offers degree/
certificate programs, but which did not “make the cut” based on
selected criteria for top 20 occupations. These occupations were
not included in the study.
All of Tarrant County College’s
average enrollment and award
totals by program were linked
to occupations using the
National Center for Education
Statistics SOC to CIP
crosswalk. This links programs
that Tarrant County College
offers to in-demand jobs in the
local community.
266 267
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Highest Paying Occupations in Dallas, North Central Texas, and Tarrant WDAs Fastest Growing Occupations (2018-28) in Dallas, North Central Texas, and Tarrant WDAs
■ Level of Education:<= Associates Degree ■ Level of Education:<= Associates Degree
■ 2019 Estimated Average Annual Wage>= $50,000 ■ 2019 Estimated Average Annual Wage>= $50,000
■ Projected Annual Openings 2018-28 >=150 ■ Projected Annual Openings 2018-28 >=150
Sou rce Texas Workforce Develq:,ment, 2018--28 Occupational Projections and Facility Programming and Consulting Source Texas Workforce Development , 2018-28 Occupat ional Projections and Facility Program ming and Consu lti ng
RANK CODE OCCUPATION ANN OPENINGS CAGR TTLCNG EST AAW RANK CODE OCCUPATION LQ ANN OPENINGS CAGR TTL CNG EST AAW
1 41 -3011 Advertising Sales Agents 243 I -1.7% (351) $ 109,502 1 29-2021 Dental Hyg ienists 1.22 554 I 2 .9°AI 1,648 $ 83 ,100
2 53-2012 Commercial Pilots 396 I 2.2% 695 $ 105,987 2 53-2031 Flight Attendants 0.70 515 I 2.9°AI 1,037 $ 64 ,300
3 11-3071 Transportation , Storage, and Distribution Managers 1.20 435 I 1.8% 805 $ 104,763 3 29-1126 Respiratory Therapists 1.03 321 I 2.8% 1,1 06 $ 65 ,300
4 13-2082 Tax Preparers 1.23 423 I 2.0% 618 $ 94,672 4 31-2021 Physical Therai:>ist Assistants 1.16 455 I 2.7% 807 $ 65 ,300
5 11-9141 Property, Real Estate, and Community Association Managers 1.07 794 ■ 1.7% 1,420 $ 89,420 5 15-1134 Web Developers 1.20 384 I 2.4% 920 $ 79 ,200
6 41-3021 Insurance Sales Agents 1.07 1,371 • 1.5% 1,787 $ 86,155 6 21-1018 Substance abuse, behavioral disorder, and mental health counselors 0.86 399 I 2.3% 716 $ 52 ,100
7 41-1012 First-Line Supervisors of Non-Retail Sales Workers 1 .11 1,329 • 0.8% 980 $ 85,644 7 23-2011 Paralegals and Legal Assistants 1.03 1,078 I 2.2% 1,830 $ 65 ,000
8 53-6051 Transportation In spectors 0.93 152 I 1.4% 184 $ 85,407 8 53-2012 Commercial Pilots 396 I 2.2% 695 $ 106 ,000
9 29-2021 Dental Hygienists 1.22 554 I 2.9% 1,648 $ 83,106 9 29 -2031 Cardiovascular Technologists and Technicians 173 I 2.0% 465 $ 56 ,700
10 15-1152 ComP-uter Network SupP-ort SP-ecialists 522 I 1.0% 573 $ 82 ,700 10 35-1011 Chefs and Head Cooks 327 I 2.0% 432 $ 58 ,900
11 15-1134 Web Developers 1.20 384 I 2.4% 920 $ 79 ,197 11 15-1151 Computer User Support Special ists 2,520 -2.0% 4,893 $ 51 ,800
12 49-1011 First-Line Supervisors of Mechanics, Installers, and Repairers 0.98 1,330 • 1.5% 1,895 $ 73,103 12 47-2152 Plumbers , Pi efitters, and Steamfitters 0.99 2,035 ■ 2.0% 3,055 $ 51,400
13 33-3051 Pol ice and Sheriff's Patrol Officers 0.86 1,308 • 1.1% 1,796 $ 72,505 13 13-2082 Tax Preparers 1.23 423 I 2.0% 618 $ 94 ,700
14 17-3023 Electrical and Electronic Engineering Technicians 0.87 361 I 1.1% 366 $ 71,847 14 29 -2034 Radiologic Technologists 0.89 351 I 2.0% 913 $ 60 ,800
15 13-1031 Claims Adjusters , Examiners , and Investigators 760 I -0.2% (164) $ 71,024 15 53-3032 Heavy and Tractor-Trailer Truck Drivers 1.04 9,263 1.9% 13,266 $ 50 ,500
16 41 -4012 Sales Ref)resentatives, Wholesale and Manufacturing, Except Technical and Scientific Products 5,073 1.2% 5,316 $ 70,949 16 11-9051 Food Service Managers 1.08 935 I 1.9% 1,319 $ 60 ,100
17 49-3011 Aircraft Mechan ics and Service Technicians 742 I 1.2% 944 $ 70 ,809 17 11-3071 Transportation , Storage , and Distribution Managers 1.20 435 I 1.8% 805 $ 104,800
18 17-3026 Industrial Engineering Technicians 1.24 216 I 1.2% 236 $ 69 ,751 18 29-2061 Licensed Practical and Licensed Vocational Nurses 0.82 1,811 ■ 1.8% 3,400 $ 51 ,900
19 27-4021 Photographers 1.14 234 I -1.5% (4 14) $ 68,069 19 47-4011 Construction and Bui lding Inspectors 545 I 1.7% 659 $ 63 ,100
20 41-9022 Real Estate Sales Agents 0.93 1,340 • 1.3% 1,637 $ 68,021 20 49-2022 Telecommun ications Equipment Installers and Repairers, Except Line Installers 1,343 ■ 1.7% 1,800 $ 61 ,800
LQ > 1 .00 WDA has proportionally more workers employed in a occupation than the State of Texas □ ;~~i!1~~}f ~I LQ > 1.00 WDA has proportionally more workers employed in a occupation than the State of Texas □ h1~!'~~}~~; -LQ 2: 1.25 1.25 Occupation has potential as exporter and/ or region has indu stries supporting higher number of related occupations -LQ 2: 1.25 1.25 Occupation has potential as exporter and/ or region has industries supporting higher number of related occupa tions
LQ < 1.00 May indicate opportunity to further develop occupation I LQ < 1 00 May indicate opportunity to furthe r develop occupation
Location Quotient (LQ) = Local Oxupation Concentration! State Occupation Concentration Location Quotient (LQj = Local Occupation Concenfra tionl State Occupation Concenfration
VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY
HIGHEST PAYING OCCUPATIONS FASTEST GROWING OCCUPATIONS 2018-2028
Dallas, North Central Texas, Tarrant WDAs Dallas, North Central Texas, Tarrant WDAs
268 269
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Occupations Adding the Most Jobs (2018-28) in Dallas, North Central Texas, and Tarrant WDAs Occupations with Greatest Annual Openings (2018-28) in Dallas, North Central Texas, and Tarrant WDAs
■ Level of Education:<= Associates Degree ■ Level of Education:<= Associates Degree
■ 2019 Estimated Average Annual Wage>= $50,000 ■ 2019 Estimated Average Annual Wage>= $50,000
■ Projected Annual Openings 2018-28 >=150 ■ Projected Annual Openings 2018-28 >=150
Source: Texas Workforce Development, 2018-28 Occ upational Projections and Facility Programm ing and Consult ing Source Texas Workforce Development , 2018-28 Occupatio nal Projections and Facility Program ming and Consu lti ng
RANK CODE OCCUPATION LQ ANN OPENINGS CAGR TTL CNG EST AAW RANK CODE OCCUPATION LQ ANN OPENINGS CAGR TTL CNG EST AAW
1 53-3032 Heavy and Tracto r-Trai ler Truck Drivers 1.04 9,263 1.9% 13,266 $ 50,500 1 53-3032 Heavy and Tractor-Trailer Truck Drivers 1.04 9,263 1.9% 13,266 $ 50 ,500
2 41-3099 Sales Rer,resentatives, Services, All Other 1.18 5,776 1.4% 5,539 $ 64,100 2 41-3099 Sales ReJJresentatives, Services, All Other 1.18 5,776 1.4% 5,539 $ 64 ,100
3 41-4012 Sales Representatives, Wholesale and Manufacturing, Except Technical and Scientific Products 1.13 5,073 -1.2% 5,316 $ 70,900 3 41-4012 Sales Representatives, Wholesale and Manufacturing, Except Technical and Scientific Products 1.13 5,073 -1.2% 5,316 $ 70 ,900
4 15-1151 ComJJuter User Supl)ort S~ialists 2,520 -2.0% 4,893 $ 51 ,800 4 43-1011 First-Line Sul)ervisors of Office and Administrative Supp<:>rt Workers 1.08 4,494 -1.0% 3,733 $ 62 ,900
5 43-1011 First-Line Supervisors of Office and Administrative Support Workers 1.08 4,494 -1.0% 3,733 $ 62,900 5 47-2111 Electricians 0.96 2,710 -1.7% 3,363 $ 50 ,000
6 47-1011 Sur,ervisors of Construction and Extraction Workers 0.82 2,618 1.7% 3,620 $ 63,600 6 47-1011 Sul)ervisors of Construction and Extraction Workers 0.82 2,618 -1.7% 3,620 $ 63 ,600
7 29-2061 Licensed Practical and Licensed Vocational Nurses 0.82 1,811 ■ 1.8% 3,400 $ 51,900 7 15-1151 Computer User Support Special ists 2,520 -2.0% 4,893 $ 51 ,800
8 47 -2111 Electricians 0.96 2,710 -1.7% 3,363 $ 50,000 8 47-2152 Plumbers , Pii:,efitters, and Steamfitters 0.99 2,035 ■ 2.0% 3,055 $ 51,400
9 47-2152 Plumbers , Pipefitters, and Steamfitters 0.99 2,035 ■ 2.0% 3,055 $ 51,400 9 29 -2061 Licensed Practical and Licensed Vocational Nurses 0.82 1,811 ■ 1.8% 3,400 $ 51 ,900
10 49-1011 First-Line Supervisors of Mechanics, Installers, and Repairers 0.98 1,330 I 1.5% 1,895 $ 73,1.QQ.. 10 51-1011 First-Line Supervisors of Production and Operating Workers 0.95 1,607 ■ 1.0% 1,401 $ 67 ,000
11 23-2011 Paralegals and Legal Assistants 1.03 1,078 I 2.2% 1,830 $ 65,000 11 43-5061 Pro duction, Planning, and Expediting Clerks 1.14 1,378 I 1.3% 1,497 $ 52 ,500
12 49-2022 Te lecommunications Equipment Installers and Repairers , Except Line Installers 1,343 I 1.7% 1,800 $ 61,800 12 41-3021 Insurance Sales Agents 1.07 1,371 I 1.5% 1,787 $ 86 ,200
13 33-3051 Police and Sheriffs Patrol Officers 1,308 I 1.1% 1,796 $ 72 ,500 13 49-2022 Telecommun ications Equipment Installers and Repairers, Except Line Insta llers 1,343 I 1.7% 1,800 $ 61 ,800
14 41 -3021 Insurance Sales Agents 1.07 1,371 ■ 1.5% 1,787 $ 86,200 14 41 -9022 Real Estate Sales Agents 0.93 1,340 I 1.3% 1,637 $ 68 ,000
15 29-2021 Dental Hygienists 1.22 554 I 2.9% 1,648 $ 83,100 15 49-1011 First-Line Supervisors of Mechanics, Installers, and Repairers 0.98 1,330 I 1.5% 1,895 $ 73 ,100
16 41-9022 Real Estate Sales Agents 0.93 1,340 I 1.3% 1,637 $ 68,000 16 41-1012 First-L ine Supervisors of Non-Retail Sales Workers 1.11 1,329 I 0.8% 980 $ 85 ,600
17 43-5061 Production , Pla nning, and Expediting Clerks 1.14 1,378 ■ 1.3% 1,497 $ 52,500 17 33-3051 Police and Sheriffs Patrol Officers 0.86 1--1,308 I 1.1% 1,796 $ 72 ,500
18 11-9141 Property, Real Estate, and Community Association Managers 1.07 794 I 1.7% 1,420 $ 89,400 18 53-1048 First-line supervisors of transportation and material moving workers, except aircraft cargo handling supervisors 0.86 1,181 I 1.4% 1,377 $ 59 ,600
19 51-1011 First-Line Supervisors of Production and Operating Workers 0.95 1,607 ■ 1.0% 1,401 $ 67 ,000 19 43-4181 Reservation and Transportation Ticket Agents and Travel Clerks 1,083 I 1.2% 1,007 $ 50 ,000
20 53-1048 First-line supervisors of transportation and material moving workers, except aircraft cargo handling supervisors 0.86 1,181 I 1.4% 1,377 $ 59,600 20 23-2011 Paralegals and Legal Assistants 1,018 I 2.2% 1,830 $ 65 ,000
LQ > 1.00 WDA has proportionally more workers employed in a occupation than the State of Texas □FACILITY LQ > 1.00 WDA has proportionally more workers employed in a occupation than the State of Texas □FACILITY -LQ 2: 1.25 1.25 Occupation has potential as exporter and/ or region has industr ies supporting higher number of related occupations PROGRAMMING -LQ 2: 1.25 1.2 5 Occupation has potential as exporter and/ or region has industries supporting higher number of related occupa tions PROGRAMM ING ! LQ < 1.00 May indicate opportunity to further develop occupation AND CONSULT IN G I LQ < 1 00 May indicate opportunity to further develop occupation AND CO NSU LTING
Location Q..iolienl (L Q) = Local O;cupalion Concentration/ Stale Oxupation Concentration Location Quotient (LQj = Local Oxupation Concentra tion! State O;cupalion Concentration
VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY VOLUME II LABOR MARKET STUDY
OCCUPATIONS ADDING THE MOST JOBS 2018-2028 OCCUPATIONS WITH THE GREATEST ANNUAL OPENINGS 2018-2028
Dallas, North Central Texas, Tarrant WDAs Dallas, North Central Texas, Tarrant WDAs
+
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
Space
Utilization Study
c 273
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
Space Utilization Study
Facility Programming and Consulting (FPC) was engaged as a component of the master
plan team to provide analysis of the existing space on each campus. FPC’s utilization
analysis provides a look at how well, or how poorly, the College is using existing teaching
spaces and provides alternate ways to make current spaces work harder. FPC looked
at hours of use and how many seats are filled/vacant. The analysis was by campus, by
building, room-by-room, by time-of-day, and day-of-the-week.
To provide the analysis with objective standards to judge against, the master plan team
implemented the THECB utilization target. This utilization target has been adopted by
the Scheduling and Facility Utilization Principle group and seeks to align the College’s
utilization with the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (THECB) standards.
Identification and analysis of the existing space on each campus and its utilization can
reveal whether the issues are linked to a lack of technology and outfitting that impacts
the pedagogical potential of a space or whether a space/facility is inadequate for certain
programs based on a variety of conditions.
PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER The master plan prioritizes and recommends, based on the space utilization study, how
existing buildings might be re-purposed or renewed through clear and logical phasing
plans. Where the findings indicate otherwise, new buildings are implemented to replace
aging facilities or to address growth and program specific needs.
The Fire Field in use by students at the
Public Safety Training Center at the
Northwest Campus.
+
('
c:-::> ' -,
\
'\ \ \ \
CORGAN
■
■
■
■
■
/
~ '-~--
JOE
B
.
R
U
S
H
I
N
G
R
O
A
D
C
.
A
.
R
O
B
E
R
S
O
N
B
O
U
L
E
V
A
R
D
CA
M
P
U
S
D
R
I
V
E
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
LEGEND
Utilization >75%
Utilization
50% – 75%
SECH Utilization
0% – 50%
SBSW Program Defined
SBSA SHPE Utilization
Not Assignable SBSP SNUR
SELT
SETC
SETC
SAUT
SSCI
SCLC
SHSC
SELE
SACA
STEC
SBUS
SACB
SMTH
SACR
South Campus
Space Utilization Study
Based on overall building utilization, there are zero buildings on this campus that have a
good overall utilization. Out of the over twenty buildings that serve students of the South
Campus, the majority that are scheduled contain space scheduled for classrooms or labs
that are below the utilization target.
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
SACCSERS SLIB SACD SMTC
SACT SPAC
SFOB — SCLC Building (0%) SFOC
274 275
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
SFOA
SFOD
SFOF
SBKS
SFOE
SSTU SMUS SART
SREC
0' 100' 200' 400' North
Primary limiters to the higher utilization of classrooms and labs can be attributed to size,
configuration, lack of upgraded technology, and functionality of many of the buildings
that are original to the campus. The utilization of the Automotive and any program that is
part of the Center of Excellence for Energy Technology should be considered separately
from other programs based on the unique programming requirements.
— SPAC Building (7.3%)
— SACR Building (8%)
— SACC Building (11.5%)
— SART Building (12%)
— SHSC Building (13.2%)
— SREC Building (16%)
— STEC Building (20.3%)
— SMUS Building (20.6%)
Program Specific Utilization:
— SAUT Building
276 277
+
0
SA
C
R
11
0
7
SA
C
R
12
0
8
■
)
>
SA
R
T
14
0
3
<
SA
R
T
14
0
9
(
'
!
)
..
,
SA
R
T
14
1
0
Q
)
(
0
SA
U
T
11
0
1
(
'
!
)
rn
SA
U
T
11
0
6
::
:
I
SA
U
T
11
0
8
..
,
0
SA
U
T
12
0
1
3
(
'
!
)
SA
U
T
12
0
3
::
:
I
SA
U
T
12
0
8
,..
.
.
.
.
SA
U
T
12
1
1
SA
U
T
12
1
2
en
SA
U
T
12
1
6
(
'
!
)
0
SB
U
S
11
1
2
c:
:
!
"
;
0
SE
L
E
11
0
6
::
:
I
~
SE
L
E
11
0
8
N
SE
T
C
10
0
8
(
'
!
)
SE
T
C
10
1
2
SE
T
C
10
1
6
■
SE
T
C
10
2
2
en
,..
.
.
.
.
SE
T
C
12
0
7
~
0
SE
T
C
12
1
5
::
:
I
SE
T
C
13
0
7
0
SE
T
C
13
2
4
Q
)
"
O
SE
T
C
13
2
5
Q
)
0 ~
SE
T
C
14
0
1
SE
T
C
14
1
0
SE
T
C
14
1
5
SE
T
C
14
1
6
SE
T
C
20
0
9
SE
T
C
20
1
5
SE
T
C
20
1
9
SH
P
E
12
3
0
A
SM
T
H
11
1
1
SM
U
S
13
0
3
SM
U
S
13
0
5
SP
A
C
12
0
5
SR
E
C
11
0
7
SS
C
I
11
0
5
SS
C
I
11
1
1
SS
C
I
11
1
3
SS
C
I
12
0
5
SS
C
I
12
0
9
SS
C
I
13
1
5
SS
C
I
14
0
7
SS
C
I
14
1
0
SS
C
I
16
0
3
SS
C
I
16
1
1
SS
C
I
16
1
3
□
SS
C
I
16
1
9
ST
E
C
11
1
5
ST
E
C
11
1
9
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
1
)
>
-
.
:
,
.
,
.
.
,
z
=
)
>
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
2
o
o
ST
E
C
11
2
1
r
,
G"
>
r
-
-
i
o
=
ST
E
C
11
2
3
Z
J
:
>
-
~
3:
:
r
-
ST
E
C
11
2
5
~
:
;
:
:
:
:
-
ST
E
C
11
2
7
=
-
-
-
-
I
z
=
ST
E
C
11
2
9
G)
G"
>
-
<
ST
E
C
11
3
3
0 ~
0
o
SA
C
R
11
0
7
~
n
SA
C
R
12
0
8
"t
:
:
:
I
I
'
SA
R
T
14
0
3
5i
A
SA
R
T
14
0
9
~
~
SA
R
T
1
4
1
0
i;
:
<0
SA
U
T
11
0
1
~
~
SA
U
T
11
0
6
il
3
I
SA
U
T
11
0
8
~
SA
U
T
1
2
0
1
&
IV
SA
U
T
12
0
3
<o
o:;
i
SA
U
T
12
0
8
~
c.o
SA
U
T
12
1
1
~
SA
U
T
1
2
1
2
I
SA
U
T
12
1
6
SB
U
S
11
1
2
0
SE
L
E
11
0
6
ru
SE
L
E
11
0
8
~
SE
T
C
10
0
8
ff
i
SE
T
C
10
1
2
)
>
SE
T
C
10
1
6
c6
SE
T
C
10
2
2
~
SE
T
C
12
0
7
ro
SE
T
C
12
1
5
SE
T
C
13
0
7
SE
T
C
13
2
4
SE
T
C
13
2
5
SE
T
C
14
0
1
SE
T
C
14
1
0
SE
T
C
14
1
5
SE
T
C
14
1
6
SE
T
C
20
0
9
SE
T
C
20
1
5
SE
T
C
20
1
9
SH
P
E
12
3
0
A
SM
T
H
11
1
1
SM
U
S
13
0
3
SM
U
S
13
0
5
SP
A
C
12
0
5
SR
E
C
11
0
7
SS
C
I
11
0
5
SS
C
I
11
1
1
SS
C
I
11
1
3
SS
C
I
12
0
5
SS
C
I
12
0
9
SS
C
I
13
1
5
SS
C
I
14
0
7
SS
C
I
14
1
0
SS
C
I
16
0
3
SS
C
I
16
1
1
SS
C
I
16
1
3
□
SS
C
l
1
6
1
9
ST
E
C
11
1
5
ST
E
C
11
1
9
,,
.
-
c
.
,
.
.
,
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
1
z
=
_
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
2
C
,
o
-
r
,
c:
.
-
,
r
-
-
i
ST
E
C
11
2
1
~ ~
-
ST
E
C
11
2
3
~
~
r
-
ST
E
C
11
2
5
~ :s
:
:
~
ST
E
C
11
2
7
~ ~
-
<
ST
E
C
11
2
9
ST
E
C
11
3
3
~
~
..
.
.
.
0 ---------N
0 ~
0 I
..
I
-I
T I
~
r
~
I
l
7 I r
-f r
--.
N
0 f 1
-..
--
.,
:
,
.
.
0 ~
0
w
0 t 1
a
,
0 ~
0
~ t
l
0
0
0 ~
0
I
~ I
f
I
I
:r
-
-
-
-
-
I
I
j
-
:J
I
,
T
I
I
-
l
~
I
-
::
I
7 -
-
-
-
-
·I
'
-
■
r
=
:
:
J
I
I
"
=
:
J
.:
:
J
-=
:
:
:
J
1
~
==
:
:
:
J
]
l
-
I
~
I
-
I
.
I
::
:
J
t
f
=
:
l
I
t
r
-
r
r
, .
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
I
-
:
r
r
T
r
I
f
(
I
I
0 t 1
...
.
.
.
0 0 ~
0
I +
f + + + + + + +
...
+ + + +
f +
f f ...
f + +
+-+ +
f + +
+-+
f f f f +
+-
f f + + +
I + + + + + + +
i T f + +
I +
~
a
,
0 ♦
-
-
.
I
0 l
...
.
.
N
0 ~
0
I • • • • • • • •
4 4 •
4 4 • •
4 4 4 • •
4 •
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 • •
4 4 4 4 1 4 4 4
I 4 4 4
:i:
!
n
,
C"
'
)
0:
,
::n
::
:
:
:
ii
;
!
ca
(
I
)
-..
.
.
.
.
:-
-
a
c:
:
:
,
~
0
:
,
C
i=
c::
:
:
,
z
G'
)
~
("
"
)
--
,
~
~
o
en
g
en
::
:
i
~.
&
D>
CD
C"
'
co
~
,,
(
/
)
-
■
0
-
C
-
::
f
-
-
-
Q
("
"
)
-d
D
)
_§
"'
C
"T
l
D
)
O>
(
"
'
)
"-
.
)
-
■
~~
en
...
a
-
■
en
...
-
■
("
'
)
en
0
:
,
C
r
-c::
:
:
,
z
G'
)
-
-
~
("
"
)
--
,
-
--
,
~
D
)
,..
.
.
en
~ en
::
:
i
-z
r
&
D
)
CD
C"
'
co
~
,,
(
/
)
-■
0
-
C
-~ ::
c
O>
D
)
-d
.
.
.
C
(
D
(
/
)
--
,
,
en
Cl
)
"-
.
)
0
"
-
.
)
...
.
.
.
~
~..
;
~
$
~
!
a
i
Q
~! Q
i
i
~
.
n
0
::
c
C
i
)
>
2
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB FILL/CAPACITY STATISTICS CLASS LAB FILL RATES
South Campus South Campus
278 279
+
Q
I
.g
C:
IV
(
/
)
):
,
,
w1
~
<.O
oJ
~
C
Q
;
C
'.
.
J
I
\
-
I
!
l
)
...
.
.
co
('
[
)
,
-
+
0
!
l
)
3
"
O
C
:
(/
'
I
)
>
<
('
[
)
...
.
.
OJ
co
('
[
)
□
)
>
-.
:
:
:
,
""
T
'
1
z
;,
,
c
,
J:
>
,
0
0
(
)
G
"
)
~
0
;,
,
c
,
z
)
>
-
~
3
:
r
-
-
3
:
-
~
-
--
-
1
z
=
G)
G
"
)
-
<
~,
"O
0
C:
Q
)
(/
)
3
:t
,
.
-
0
~
§
oJ
)
>
CQ
c5
Ct
)
..
.
,
N
~
~
CD
(
0
~
□
)
>
-
c
""
T
'
1
z
;,
,
c
,
J
:
>
,
o
o
o
e
n
~
0
;,
,
c
,
z
►
-
~
3
:
r
-
-
3
:
-
~
-
--
-
1
z
=
"
e
n
-
<
SA
C
R
11
0
7
SA
C
R
12
0
8
SA
R
T
14
0
3
SA
R
T
14
0
9
SA
R
T
14
1
0
SA
U
T
11
0
1
SA
U
T
11
0
6
SA
U
T
11
0
8
SA
U
T
12
0
1
SA
U
T
12
0
3
SA
U
T
12
0
8
SA
U
T
12
1
1
SA
U
T
12
1
2
SA
U
T
12
1
6
SB
U
S
11
1
2
SE
L
E
11
0
6
SE
L
E
11
0
8
SE
T
C
10
0
8
SE
T
C
10
1
2
SE
T
C
10
1
6
0
..
.
.
.
0
d
-
_
J
-
:a
I
~
--
+
I
:
J
1
I
SE
T
C
10
2
2
SE
T
C
12
0
7
SE
T
C
12
1
5
·t
~
.
5
i
SE
T
C
13
0
7
I
SE
T
C
13
2
4
I
[
SE
T
C
13
2
5
SE
T
C
14
0
1
:
J
I
[
SE
T
C
14
1
0
SE
T
C
14
1
5
SE
T
C
14
1
6
SE
T
C
20
0
9
SE
T
C
20
1
5
~
SE
T
C
20
1
9
I
SH
P
E
12
3
0
A
I
I
SM
T
H
11
1
1
SM
U
S
13
0
3
SM
U
S
13
0
5
SP
A
C
12
0
5
SR
E
C
11
0
7
~
I
SS
C
I
11
0
5
SS
C
l
1
1
1
1
-
I
7
SS
C
I
11
1
3
l
~
-
SS
C
I
12
0
5
I
SS
C
I
12
0
9
J
SS
C
I
13
1
5
-
SS
C
I
14
0
7
SS
C
I
14
1
0
SS
C
I
16
0
3
~ =
=
:
J
f
SS
C
I
16
1
1
I
SS
C
I
16
1
3
SS
C
I
16
1
9
ST
E
C
11
1
5
ST
E
C
11
1
9
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
1
·T
I
~
-
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
2
ST
E
C
11
2
1
ST
E
C
11
2
3
~
§
-
ST
E
C
11
2
5
ST
E
C
11
2
7
ST
E
C
11
2
9
ST
E
C
11
3
3
l
~
r
=:
:
:
J
•
SA
C
R
11
0
7
SA
C
R
12
0
8
SA
R
T
14
0
3
SA
R
T
14
0
9
SA
R
T
14
1
0
SA
U
T
11
0
1
SA
U
T
11
0
6
SA
U
T
11
0
8
SA
U
T
12
0
1
0 "c
f
t
.
~
"c
f
t
.
~
r=
C
:
-C
~
"c
f
t
.
! ---7
I
-
SA
U
T
12
0
3
~
-
SA
U
T
12
0
8
==
i
_
I
_
SA
U
T
12
1
1
SA
U
T
12
1
2
SA
U
T
12
1
6
SB
U
S
11
1
2
SE
L
E
11
0
6
SE
L
E
11
0
8
=
=:
J
l
=
~
I
.
-
-
I
-
·-
I
I
SE
T
C
10
0
8
I
SE
T
C
10
1
2
SE
T
C
10
1
6
SE
T
C
10
2
2
I
~
.
SE
T
C
12
0
7
SE
T
C
12
1
5
II
:
.
L
■
SE
T
C
13
0
7
SE
T
C
13
2
4
-
-
■
I
SE
T
C
13
2
5
-
SE
T
C
14
0
1
SE
T
C
14
1
0
I:
-
SE
T
C
14
1
5
SE
T
C
14
1
6
SE
T
C
20
0
9
SE
T
C
20
1
5
-
~
:~
l
-
SE
T
C
20
1
9
r
-
-
-
SH
P
E
12
3
0
A
r:
I
SM
T
H
11
1
1
r
SM
U
S
13
0
3
SM
U
S
13
0
5
SP
A
C
12
0
5
SR
E
C
11
0
7
,
-~
t
l
SS
C
I
11
0
5
SS
C
I
11
1
1
SS
C
I
11
1
3
■
I
-r=
-
■
-
..
SS
C
I
12
0
5
C
•■
-
SS
C
I
12
0
9
SS
C
I
13
1
5
c:
:
I
SS
C
I
14
0
7
-
■
SS
C
I
14
1
0
-
SS
C
I
16
0
3
I
.
I_
SS
C
I
16
1
1
SS
C
I
16
1
3
-
I
SS
C
I
16
1
9
·1
r -
ST
E
C
11
1
5
-
ST
E
C
11
1
9
I
I I
I
g:
-.
f
t
.
+ +
..
I ..
I I I
J
+
. I + "'
~
T
:
i
.
.,
.
+ •
+
I
-
+
::
:
:
:
J
.
.
-.
L
.,
.
l
T ..
~
~
t
t I + ~
t + ~
t
t t t L
g:
gg
"c
f
t
.
-
::
:
J
-
1
-
,
·
=
-I
J
_
I --
:
j
1
-
-
-
-I.
, -
J
-
-
~
!:
:
-
=:
:
:
i
_
•
=
-
I
_
I
.
-
-
..
-
--
,
+
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
1
ST
E
C
11
1
9
-
2
-
~
I
'
~
_
_
J
_
~
l
-
■
■
ST
E
C
11
2
1
=
-
ST
E
C
11
2
3
I
I
J
ST
E
C
11
2
5
ST
E
C
11
2
7
ST
E
C
11
2
9
ST
E
C
11
3
3
1
f:
I
r
..
.
.
J
I
--,
,
.
!:
I'
'
I
.L
g:
• +
~
l -.
I I
...
..
.
+
...
...
+ + ..
...
..
.
.
0 0 "c
f
t
.
.
l
=
---
-
--
-
----1
.
-
..
.
.
.
.
0
~ ~
i:
o
i
(I
)
~
..
_
ii
;
!
~
(I
)
..
.
.
.
~
~
cil
~
~
al
(
Q
~
N ~
Q
...
.
~
-.f
t
.
--
-
-
-
-
-
--
I
--
-
I
-
G
)
..
.
,
(D
Q
)
-
~
<i
i
..
.
,
9
'
Q
)
::
:
,
-
m
.
0
C
:
-
Q
)
0
-.
.
J
l
(
J
l
~
0
:
,
C
r
-
e:
:
,
z
G'
)
~
("
'
)
~
or
o
en
g
en
:
:
J
'
<
r
o
D
)
~
er
(
C
l
~
:
I
:
gi
o
s=
C:
??
ci
l
3 ~
""
'
C
J
_e
n
(
D
~
-
,
~ :e
N
(
D
(
D
~
0
:
,
C
r
-
e:
:
,
z G)
;;
(
"
'
)
..
.
,
~or
-
en
f]
en
C ~-
O
D
)
~
er
(
0
~
C
:
(
j
)
,
.
.
0
-
■
C
-
=r
N.
Q
o
,
3
,
.
.
"'
O
-
■
~
o
-.
,
:::
:
:
s
Q
)
N
C
)
N
' CD
en
en
CI
J
9
'
CD
~
0:
,
::
:
,
CD
0
CD
-
,
::
:
,
0
7
m
0
-g
;,
§
:
!
,
0:
,
0
-
0
0
-
.
J
(
J
l
0
7
0
?[
:
.
"#
.
~
~
..
;
$~
•
=
.-
i(
"
'
)
~~
~ !<
,.
.
,
Q
i
i
~.
n
0
::
c
C
i
)
>
2
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB HOURS PER WEEK CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
South Campus South Campus
280 281
+
SA
C
A
11
1
7
■
~
<
SA
CA
11
1
9
(
D
-
,
0
)
(
C
l
SA
C
B
12
0
2
(
D
IT
T
SA
C
B
12
0
4
:
:
l
-
,
0
SA
C
B
12
0
6
3
(
D
SA
C
B
12
1
0
:
:
l
..
.
.
.
.
.
■
SA
C
B
12
1
1
(
/
)
SA
C
B
12
1
3
(
D
Q.
i5
SA
C
B
12
1
5
:
:
l
(
/
)
N.
SA
C
B
12
2
0
(
D
■
SA
C
C
13
2
4
(
/
)
SA
C
C
13
3
0
00
..
.
.
.
.
.
o·
SA
C
O
14
0
2
:
:
l
0
0
)
SA
C
O
14
0
3
"'
O
0
)
0
SA
C
O
14
0
4
'
<
SA
C
O
14
0
6
SA
C
O
14
0
7
SA
C
O
14
1
0
SA
C
O
14
1
1
SA
C
O
1
4
1
8
SA
C
R
11
0
4
SA
C
R
11
0
9
SA
U
T
1
1
1
0
SA
U
T
1
2
0
4
SB
U
S
11
0
2
SB
U
S
11
0
4
SB
U
S
11
0
6
SB
U
S
11
0
8
SB
U
S
11
2
3
SB
U
S
11
2
5
SB
U
S
21
0
6
SB
U
S
21
1
0
SB
U
S
21
1
2
SB
U
S
21
1
6
SB
U
S
21
2
0
SB
U
S
21
3
7
0
SA
C
A
11
1
7
C
)
I
:3
SA
C
A
11
1
9
<:
:
,
C:
IV
Cl
)
~
SA
C
B
12
0
2
)
>
q5
co
SA
C
B
12
0
4
~
~
CQ
SA
C
B
12
0
6
~
I
0-
.
SA
C
B
12
1
0
~
a
/
\
~
--
-
t
SA
C
B
12
1
1
0
)
-
,
(
C
l
SA
C
B
12
1
3
~
I
SA
C
B
12
1
5
SA
C
B
12
2
0
0
ro
3
SA
C
C
13
2
4
"'
O
C
SA
C
C
13
3
0
(
f
)
)
:
>
<
Cl
)
SA
C
O
14
0
2
-
,
0
)
SA
C
O
14
0
3
(
C
l
Cl
)
SA
C
O
14
0
4
SA
C
O
14
0
6
SA
C
O
14
0
7
SA
C
O
14
1
0
SA
C
O
1
4
1
1
SA
C
O
14
1
8
SA
C
R
11
0
4
SA
C
R
11
0
9
SA
U
T
11
1
0
SA
U
T
12
0
4
SB
U
S
1
1
0
2
SB
U
S
1
1
0
4
SB
U
S
1
1
0
6
SB
U
S
1
1
0
8
SB
U
S
1
1
2
3
SB
U
S
1
1
2
5
SB
U
S
21
0
6
SB
U
S
21
1
0
SB
U
S
21
1
2
SB
U
S
21
1
6
SB
U
S
21
2
0
SB
U
S
21
3
7
C
l
u
,
C
l
~
..
N C
l
~
..
...
.
.
.
C
l
I
...
.
.
.
u
,
8
~
.. I
N C
l
m
0 ~
..
11
I
I
N u
,
I I
w
C
l
0
0
C
l
~
.. I I I I I
w
u
,
8
8;
..
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
C
l
...
.
,
C
l
0
~
..
~
..
I
I
I
~
I
n
,
C
)
en
I
:t
!
=:::
:
:
ii
;
!
I
ra
(
I
)
I
..
.
.
. ~
I
0 ~
OJ
C
r
-0 z G
)
~
n
ii
l
-
::
:
:
,
Q,
)
0
U
)
2
U
)
::
:
:
,
""
"
"
'
'
<
0
Q
o
~
3
gi
"T
l
C
:
-
·
~
=
(
"
)
--
f
l
)
.g
n
~
Q,
)
-,
,
""
O
f
l
)
Q,
)
:':
5
n
N
-
•
~
r■+
'
<
en
r■+
Q,
)
r■+
-·
U
)
..
.
.
.
.
-·
n
U
)
OJ
C
r
-0 z G
)
a;
n
~-
~
Q
)
0
U
)
g
U
)
::
J
""
"
"
'
~
o
~
o
cg
3
.
.
gi
.
,
C
-
■
~
-
=
-
0
ru
;
D
.g
Q
)
5;
r■+
-
,
,
(
D
~
U
)
N
f3
~
~;
$
~
•
=
.-~~
~ !<
,.
.
,
Q
i
i
~.
n
0
::
c
C
i
)
>
2
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL/CAPACITY STATISTICS CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Academic Classroom Building "A" (SACA) – Business Building (SBUS) Academic Classroom Building "A" (SACA) – Business Building (SBUS)
282 283
+
...
.
.
N
w
~
(
)
'
I
C
'
)
(
0
0
0
0
0
0
C
)
0
C
r
-0
0
I
SA
C
A
11
1
7
1.J
I
I
I
I
I
z
Q
)
♦
G
)
~
SA
C
A
11
1
9
c:
:
IV
Ct
)
~
SA
C
B
12
0
2
I
I
~
("
"
)
):
:
,
.
<6
-
,
::
:
:
:
i
-
co
~
SA
C
B
12
0
4
0:
,
D,
)
~
::
:
:
:
,
cc
-
tA
<D
I
SA
C
B
12
0
6
Q
tA
__
,
_
§
-
,
<o
SA
C
B
12
1
0
'<
:
0
w
I
\
~
o
-
I
0
)
SA
C
B
12
1
1
Jg
3
-
,
co
~
~
SA
C
B
12
1
3
(
f
)
::
I
:
0
I
SA
C
B
12
1
5
~
I
I
I
s.
0
~
C:
SA
C
B
12
2
0
0:
,
-
,
0
3
tA
-
0
0
)
I
B
C
:3
SA
C
C
13
2
4
_en
""
'
C
""
I
'
:
,
~
CD
C
(.
/
)
SA
C
C
13
3
0
;:
:
;
-
,
)
>
<
§
:e
(
D
SA
C
D
14
0
2
-
,
0
)
CD
(
0
(
D
SA
C
D
14
0
3
CD
SA
C
D
14
0
4
■
'
'
■
::
:
,
;
-
SA
C
D
14
0
6
SA
C
D
14
0
7
SA
C
D
14
1
0
SA
C
D
14
1
1
SA
C
D
14
1
8
SA
C
R
11
0
4
SA
C
R
11
0
9
SA
U
T
11
1
0
SA
U
T
12
0
4
SB
U
S
11
0
2
SB
U
S
11
0
4
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
SB
U
S
11
0
6
I
n
,
(
"
)
SB
U
S
11
0
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
tt
J
i
SB
U
S
11
2
3
I
(
I
)
2S
:
'-
.
:
:
:
SB
U
S
11
2
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
ee
l
SB
U
S
21
0
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
(
I
)
,
_
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
~
SB
U
S
21
1
0
s::
:
cil
SB
U
S
21
1
2
I
I
~
~
SB
U
S
21
1
6
I
11
I
I
I
Gl
I
Q
~
SB
U
S
21
2
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
..
~
SB
U
S
21
3
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
..
.
.
.
...
.
.
(
0
N
,:
,
.
C
'
)
co
0
N
0
0
0
C
)
0
0
0
C
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
-r
-0
0
SA
C
A
1
1
1
7
I
I
I
I
z
Q
)
I
I
G
)
:3
t
i
SA
C
A
1
1
1
9
c:
:
0
(,
'
)
):
:
,
.
0
)
SA
C
B
12
0
2
~
C"
)
:3
ci5
-
0
::
:
:
:
i
-
(t
i
C
SA
C
B
12
0
4
~
D,
)
(.
/
)
o
t
n
cc
)
>
<D
<
SA
C
B
12
0
6
g
tA
w
(
D
~
-
,
0
,
ol
SA
C
B
12
1
0
-z
o
0
,
co
~
o
~
(
D
SA
C
B
12
1
1
~
3
SA
C
B
12
1
3
I
g>
C
s.
..
.
.
.
.
SA
C
B
12
1
5
I
I
I
I
=
-
·
o
:
=
:
SA
C
B
12
2
0
I
I
I
I
~
N
_g
D,
)
SA
C
C
13
2
4
I
I
I
I
§
r
+
-
-
■
~
o
SA
C
C
13
3
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
=
:::
:
:
:
:
s
r
v
0
r
v
SA
C
O
14
0
2
SA
C
O
1
4
0
3
-
SA
C
O
14
0
4
SA
C
O
14
0
6
SA
C
O
14
0
7
SA
C
O
14
1
0
SA
C
O
14
1
1
SA
C
O
14
1
8
SA
C
R
11
0
4
SA
C
R
11
0
9
SA
U
T
11
1
0
SA
U
T
12
0
4
SB
U
S
11
0
2
SB
U
S
11
0
4
SB
U
S
11
0
6
SB
U
S
11
0
8
SB
U
S
11
2
3
SB
U
S
11
2
5
SB
U
S
21
0
6
SB
U
S
21
1
0
I
I
I
I
C
~
=
~;
SB
U
S
21
1
2
c
sr
$
~
=
,
=
C
•
=
.-
=
0
=
~~
SB
U
S
21
1
6
I
I
I
I
~
::
:
:
:
,
N
~ !<
g
g
~-
,.
.
,
:::
:
:
,
#.
g
Q
SB
U
S
21
2
0
I
I
V
,.
.
.
.
.
.
i
i
I
I
O
A
~.
--
-
.
J
--
-
.
J
0
1
SB
U
S
21
3
7
f
I
l
I
I
0
1
0
1
0
#.
#.
#.
n
0
::
c
C
i
)
>
2
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Academic Classroom Building "A" (SACA) – Business Building (SBUS) Academic Classroom Building "A" (SACA) – Business Building (SBUS)
284 285
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
BUILDING Classroom Fill/ Capacity Statistics BUILDING Classroom Fill Rates
Tarrant County Col lege: South Campus, Fall 2021 Tarrant County College: South Campus, Fall 2021
THECB Fill Target 65.0%
60 120%
50 100%
40 80%
30 60%
20 40%
10 20%
0 0% I:; IO ..... Q) .... :g .... ~ .... ~ .... ~ ~ .... ~ ~ .... s I:; C <D .... ~ :g .... "" <D ;,; I:; ~ r-II') r-a, .... IC) T"" V T"" N ..... v N ..... ""2" CD ..... M r-C CD ..... v LO ..... V "' ""2" r-0 .... .... .... N 0 0 .... .... C .... .... 0 .... .... .... 0 ..... ..... ..... N C 0 0 0 0 ..... 0 M .... C 0 C 0 0 ..... .... C 0 0 ..... ...... ..... M 0 N .... .... .... .... .... N M M .... ,... "" IO <D N .... .... M M M <D <D .... .... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... N M N M M ..... ..... v II') "' N ..... ..... M M M "' CD ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... ..... .... N M ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... u u u u u Cl) Cl) Cl) 0:: 0:: 0:: 0:: 0:: ~ u u u u u u u u (,.) (,.) (,.) (,.) (,.) (,.) (,.) (,.) (.) (.) (.) u (.) .... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... .... .... .... ..... .... .... .... .... ..... ..... ....I ....I ....I ....I ....I u (,.) (,.) (,.) (,.) ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, en en Cl) en Cl) en en w w w w w w w w w ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J en en en 0::: 0::: 0::: 0::: c:::: (.) u (.) (.) (.) (.) u (.) u (.) (.) (.) (.) u u (.) (.) en en en en en :; :; :; z z z z z c.. en en en I- I-I-I- I-I-I-I- I-(.) (.) (.) (.) (.) ::, ::::> ::::> ::::> ::::> ::, ::, ::, <( w w w w w w w w w en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en Cl) en en en en en en en en I-I-I-t- t-I-I-t-I-en en en en (/) :E :E: :E: z z z z z a.. en (/) en en (/) en (/) en (/) en en (/) (/) (/) en (/) en (/) en (/) (/) en en (/) en
□FACILITY -~Target < Target -Campus Average □FACIL I TY ■ Average Enrollment ■ Section Size ■ Station Capacity PROGRAMM ING Campus Average : 58.6% PROGRAMM ING
AND CO NSU LTI N G AND CONSULTING
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL/CAPACITY STATISTICS CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Computer Learning Center (SCLC) – Technology Building (STEC) Computer Learning Center (SCLC) – Technology Building (STEC)
286 287
+
Classroom Hours Per Week
Tarrant County Col lege: South Campus, Fall 2021
THECB Weekly Target Hours (Average): 32.0
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 r--on r--a, ..... on ..... ~ ..... N ..... ~ N ..... ~ (0 ..... M r--C (0 ..... ~ on ..... ~ (0 ~ r--C C ..... N C C g C C ~ C M c-i C C C g C <O r'i:i C C C M C N ..... ..... ..... N M ..... ..... LO CD ..... ..... (') (') ..... ..... ..... ..... N (') u u u u u .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
....J ....J ....J ....J ....J en cn en a:: a:: a:: a:: a:: ~ u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, ::::, ::, ::::, ::, en en en en en en en w w w w w w w w w cn en cn cn cn == == == z z z z z a.. cn en cn cn en en en I-I-I-I- I- I-I-I-I-cn cn cn cn en en en en cn en fJ) cn en fJ) en tn en tn
-2!:Target -< Target -Campus Average □Mf:1~~P~I Campus Average : 19.1
BUILDING Classroom Utilization
Tarrant County College: South Campus, Fall 2021
120%
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0% I
t-II') r-a, ..... in ..... ..,, ..... N ..... '<:I" N ..... '<:I" C) ..... ..... ..... N C) C) 0 0 C) ..... C) M ..... C) ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... N M M ..... ..... -.:I' II') U) N .....
(.J (.J (.) (.J (.J .... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
-I -I -I -I -I en (/) en n:::: n:::: n:::: n:::: 0::: (.J (.J (.J (.J (.) (.J (.J ::, ::, ::, ::, ::, ::, ::, ::, c( (/) (/) (/) Cl) (/) (/) 2 2 2 z z z z z Q. en en (/) en en en (/) (/) en (/)
-Campus Average
Campus Average: 34.9%
II
U) ..... M ,._ C) U) ..... '<:I" II') 0 C) 0 C) ..... ..... C) C) C) ..... M M M U) U) ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
(.) (.J u (.J (.J (.) (.J (.J (.J en (/) en (/) (/) (/) w w w en (/) en (/) en (/) I- I- I-(/) (/) (/)
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Utilization< 50%
Utlization 50% to 75%
Utilization >= 75%
11 ..... '<:I" U) ..,, t-C) ..... ..... ..... M 0 N ..... ..... ..... .... N M ..... ..... ..... .... ..... .....
(.J (.J (.J (.) (.J (.J w w w w w w I- I-I-I-I- I-,.,, (/) (/) en (/) ,.,,
CORGAN
□ ~!~f ~~~P~I
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Computer Learning Center (SCLC) – Technology Building (STEC) Computer Learning Center (SCLC) – Technology Building (STEC)
288 289
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
BUILDING Classroom Fill/ Capacity Statistics BUILDING Classroom Fill Rates
Tarrant County Col lege: South Campus, Fall 2021 Tarrant County College: South Campus, Fall 2021
THECB Fill Target 65.0%
45 120%
40
100%
35
30 80%
25
60%
20
15 40%
10
20%
5
0 0%
~ .... .... s I!!! 0 N l.iEl 8 .... 00 8 0 8l 00 ~ (0 ~ I!!! s a, ~ s 0 I') '° (0 r--00 a, r-..... ..... M CIO 0 N U) U) 'I:!" CIO U) 0 O') 00 r-U) 0 00 N en -.:t-N 0 M I() U) ..... CIO en .... 0 .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... N N N N N N N N N I') I') .... 0 N N N .... (D .... .... 0 .... .... .... .... .... .... .... 0 ..... 0 0 0 ..... ..... N 0 ..... .... 0 ..... 0 ..... 0 ..... N ~ 0 ..... N 0 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... N N N N ..... N ..... ..... -..... N N N N N N N N N M C") 'I:!" 0 N N N U) ..... ..... 0 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... -..... w w w w w w w w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ w 0 ID ID ~ i!: i!: i!: i!: i!: i!: i!: .... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .... ..... ..... .... N N N N ..... ..... ..... N ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ..J ..J ..J ..J ..J ..J ..J ..J CL Cl) :::i :::i w w w w w w w w (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) w (.) al al (.) ::c ::c ::c ::c ::c :I: ::c w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w ::c ::c :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) en Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) en Cl) Cl) en en Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) en Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) en ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J I-I-I-I- I- I-I-I-I-I-CL Cl) ::J ::J I- I- I- I- I- I-I-I-w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w ::c ::c Cl) Cl) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 en Cl) Cl) Cl) en Cl) Cl) Cl) en U) en (/) en U) en U) en en (/) Cl) (/) Cl) en Cl) Cl) Cl) en Cl)
□FACILITY -~Target -< Target -Campus Average □ r~1~!1~~P~l ■ Average Enrollment ■ Section Size ■ Station Capacity PROGRAMM ING
AND CO NSU LTI N G Campus Average: 58. 6%
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL/CAPACITY STATISTICS CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Electronics Building (SELE) – Mathematics Building (SMTH) Electronics Building (SELE) – Mathematics Building (SMTH)
290 291
+
BUILDING Classroom Hours Per Week
Tarrant County Col lege: South Campus, Fall 2021
THECB Weekly Target Hours (Average): 32.0
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 r--.... .... .., co 0 N (0 (0 ..... 00 (0 0 O> 00 r--(0 0 00 N a, ..... N C .., on (0 r--co O> C 0 0 ~ c-i r:i N 0 r:i r:i 0 ;;; 0 0 0 r:i N 0 0 N 0 ..... N N N N .., ..,. N N ..,. <D r:i 0 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..-N N N N .... ..-..... ..- ..- ..-.... ..-.... w w w w w w w w (_) (_) (_) (_) (_) (_) (_) (_) (_) (_) w (_) m m (_) :i::: :i::: :i::: :i::: :i::: :i::: :i::: ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J I-I-I-I- I- I- I- I- I- I-
c.. en ::i ::i I-I-I- I- I-I-I-I-w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w :i::: :i::: :Ii :Iii :Ii :Ii :Ii :Iii :Iii :Iii (/) en en en (/) (/) (/) en en en (/) (/) en en (/) (/) (/) (/) en en (/) en (/) (/) en en en (/) (/) (/)
-2!:Target -< Target -Campus Average □Mf:1~~P~I Campus Average : 19.1
BUILDING Classroom Utilization
Tarrant County College: South Campus, Fall 2021
120%
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0% • I
r-.. ..... ..... M co 0 N U> U> ...,. co U> 0 en co 0 ..... C) 0 0 ..... ..... N 0 ..... ..-0 ..... 0 ..... .... .... N N N N N N N N N M M ..,. 0 .... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... N w w w w w w w w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J ...J t- t-t-t- t- t- t-w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w (/) (/) (/) (/) (/) (/) (/) C/) (/) (/) C/) Cl) Cl) Cl) (/)
-Campus Average
Campus Average: 34.9%
I I
r-.. U> 0 co N en ...,. N 0 0 ..... N C) 0 ..... N C) ..... N N N ..,. U> .... .... C) .... N N N ..... ..... ..... N ..... .....
0 0 0 w 0 al al (.) :c t- t-t-a.. Cl) :::J :::J I-t-w w w ::c ::c Cl) (/) 2 2 Cl) Cl) Cl) (I) (/) (I) (/)
M ..... .... ..... :c t-2 (/)
IO ..... .... ..... :c I-2 (/)
,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
~ WCCE55 wm•• AEACH.
Util iza tion < 50%
Utlization 50% to 75%
Utilization >= 75%
U> r-.. co en ..... ..... ..... ..-.... .... .... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... :c :c :c :c t-t-I-t-2 2 2 2 (/) (/) (/) Cl)
CORGAN
□ ~~1f !1~~P~i
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Electronics Building (SELE) – Mathematics Building (SMTH) Electronics Building (SELE) – Mathematics Building (SMTH)
292 293
+,~ T arranl Cou11ty College·
WCCE55 wm•• AEACH. CORGAN
Overall Class Lab Usage: Hours per Week by Building Overall Classroom Usage: Hours per Week by Building
IT ar rant County Ccilege: South Campus , Fall 2021 Ta rra nt County Co ll ege South Ca mp us, Fall 2021
Class Lab Fill Weekly Hours Overall Utilization Classroom Fill Weekly Hours Overall Utilization I Fill < TH ECB Target I Hours < Target I Util ization< 50% I Fil l < THECB Targ et I Hou rs < Target I Util izat io n< 50% I Fill >= THECB Target I Ho urs >= Target I UUiza tion 50% to 75% I Fil l >= THECB Target Hours >= Tar get I Utli zati on 50% to 75 % I Util ization>= 75% I Utilizat ion >= 75%
Total Total Capacity Total Class Lab Fill Average Hours Difference from Target Overall Building Utilization Total Total Total Total Classroom Fill Average Hours Difference from Target Overall Building Utilization
Building Rooms Enrollment Capacity Hours (Avera ge Enrollme nt/ Station Capacity) Per Week <25.0 Hours j >25.0 Hours (Function of Room Fill and Hourly Usag e) Building Rooms Enrollment Capacity Hours (Avera ge Enrollment/ Station Capacity) Per Week <38.0 Ho urs : >380 Hours [Function of Room Fill and Hour ly Us age)
TOTAL 61 625 1,333 712 46 .9% 11.7 (13.3) 21.9% TOTAL 96 1,576 2,673 1,848 59.0% 19.3 I (18.8) 29.9% '
THECB Target 77.0% 1111111 25.0 75.0% 1111111 THECB Target 65.0% 111111 38.0 75.0% 1111111
SACR Automotive Co llision Repair 2 36 00% I (2 5 0) 0 0% I SACA Academic Classrooms -A 2 31 64 46 48.5% 1111 23.0 (15.0) 29.4%11
SART Art 3 31 75 22 4D .9% 1111 73 -(177 ) 120% I SACB Academic Classrooms -B 8 148 200 225 73.8% 1111111 28.1 (9.9) 54.6%11111
SAUT Auto motive 9 82 220 146 37 1% II 16 .2 (88) 241%11 SACC Academic Classrooms -C 2 21 43 18 48.4% 1111 9.0 . (29.0) 11.5%1
SB US Business 1 24 0.0% I (25.0) 0.0% I SACO Academic Classrooms -D 8 144 182 189 79.0 % 1111111 23.6 (14.4) 49.1%1111
SE LE Electronics 2 18 42 3 42 .9% 1111 1 5 I (235) 2.6% I SACR Automotive Collision Repa r 2 20 23 14 87.0% 11111111 7.0 . (31.0) 16.0%1
SE TC Ene rgy Techno log y 16 151 304 179 498% 1111 11 .2 -(1 38) 223% 11 SAUT Automotive 2 20 48 14 41.7% 7.0 . (31.0) 7.7%1
SHPE Health & Phys ica l Education 1 12 0.0% I (25 .0) 0.0% I SBUS Business 12 224 314 311 71.3% 1111111 25.9 (12.1) 48.6%1111
SM TH Mathem atic s 1 19 33 30 579% 11111 30 0 50 695% 111111 SCLC Learning Center 5 141 0.0% I (38.0) 0.0%1
SMUS Mu sic 2 9 53 6 16.4% 30 I (22.0 ) 2.0% I SELE Electronics 8 136 204 121 66.5% 111111 15.1 -(22.9) 26.5%11
SPAC Performing Arts Center 1 4 20 3 20 .0% I 30 I (22.0 ) 2.4% I SETC Energy Technology 10 162 352 235 46.1% 23.5 (14.5) 28.5%11
SREC Rec ital Hall 1 12 18 6 66.7% 111111 6.0 . (1 9.0) 16.0% I SHPE Health & Physical Education 1 19 21 23 91.0% 111111111 23.0 (15.0) 55.1%11111
SSCI Sc ience 12 211 312 226 67.7% 111111 18 .8 (6.2 ) 51.0% 11111 SHSC Health Services 1 20 24 6 83.3% 11111111 6.0 ■ (32.0) 13.2%1
STE C Techno log y 10 88 184 91 479% Ill 9 1 -(15 9) 174% I SUB Library 2 43 61 24 71.0% 1111111 12.0 -(26.0) 22.4%11
SMTC Testing Center 1 21 40 27 52.9% 11111 27.0 (11.0) 37.6%111
SMTH Mathematics 7 139 197 192 70.4% 1111111 27.4 (10.6) 50.8%11111
SMUS Music 3 64 77 45 83.6% 11111111 15.0 -(23 .0) 33.0%111
SNUR Nursing 5 73 163 90 44.6 % Ill 18.0 (20.0) 21.1%11
SPAC Performing Arts Center 1 25 48 9 51.0% 11111 9.0 . (29.0) 12.1%1
SSCI Science 7 152 304 143 49.9% 1111 20.4 (17 .6) 26.8%11
STEC Technology 9 116 167 116 69.2% 111111 12 _9 _ (25.1) 23.5%11
VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
OVERALL CLASS LAB UTILIZATION OVERALL CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
South Campus South Campus
294 295
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CAMPUS AVERAGE DAILY CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
South Campus
296 297
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
North
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— NIMC Building (25.5%)
— NACB Building (35.9%)
— NHPE Building (43.2%)
— NBSS Building (46.6%)
— NSCW Building (48.4%)
— NSCE Building (49.6%)
— NFAB Building (48.7%)
— NCAB Building (49.5%)
Program Specific Utilization:
— NHSC Building
Based on overall building utilization, there are zero buildings on this campus that have
a good overall utilization. Out of the 17 buildings that serve students of the Northeast
Campus, the majority that are scheduled contain space scheduled for classrooms or labs
that are below the utilization target.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
Further analysis of the existing spaces on the Northeast Campus indicate that primary
limiters to the higher utilization of classrooms and labs can be attributed to the lack of
upgraded classrooms and classrooms that are undersized or lack the proper technology.
The utilization of the Dental Hygiene and EMS programs should be considered separately
from other programs based on the unique programming requirements.
Northeast Campus
Space Utilization Study
0' 100' 200' 400'
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
298 299
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB FILL RATES
Northeast Campus
&/$66/$%),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Northeast Campus
300 301
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
Northeast Campus
CLASS LAB HOURS PER WEEK
Northeast Campus
302 303
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Northeast Campus
&/$665220),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Northeast Campus
304 305
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Northeast Campus
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK
Northeast Campus
306 307
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
29(5$//&/$66/$%Ǭ&/$66522087,/,=$7,21
Northeast Campus
CAMPUS AVERAGE DAILY CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Northeast Campus
308 309
SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
North
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— WATB Building (0%)
— WHPE Building (48.5%)
Program Specific Utilization:
— All Fire Training Field Buildings/Facilities
— WCJC Building
— WCJR Building
— WFSC Building
— WFSS Building
— WPFR Building
Based on overall building utilization, there are four buildings on this campus that have
a good overall utilization. Out of the over 35 buildings on the Northwest Campus, the
majority that are scheduled contain space scheduled for classrooms or labs that should
be considered separately from other programs based on the unique programming
requirements.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
Separating these certain programs from the defined standards is appropriate at the
Nor thwest Campus because of the requirement of many of these programs. In particular,
the Horticulture and Public Safety Training Center programs require unique instructional
spaces. Many of these spaces are also utilized as part of Continuing Education, which is
not included in utilization.
Northwest Campus
Space Utilization Study
0' 100' 200' 400'
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
+ VOLUME II
310 311
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB FILL RATES
Northwest Campus
&/$66/$%),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Northwest Campus
312 313
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
Northwest Campus
CLASS LAB HOURS PER WEEK
Northwest Campus
314 315
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Northwest Campus
&/$665220),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Northwest Campus
316 317
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Northwest Campus
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK
Northwest Campus
318 319
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
29(5$//&/$66/$%Ǭ&/$66522087,/,=$7,21
Northwest Campus
CAMPUS AVERAGE DAILY CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Northwest Campus
320 321
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
North
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— Third Floor Classrooms (0%)
— Classroom 2305 (0%)
— Lab 2303 (6.3%)
— Classroom 2319 (20.1%)
— Classroom 2321 (39.2%)
— Classroom 2212 (42.5%)
— Classroom 2317 (48.6%)
Program Specific Utilization:
— Aviation Maintenance Technology Lab/Shop
— Welding Lab
Based on overall building utilization, there are two buildings on this site that have a good
overall utilization. Of the rooms on the Alliance West Site, several major spaces that are
scheduled should be considered separately from other programs based on the unique
programming requirements. While there are typical classroom and lab space at the site,
the specialized hangar and other workforce training spaces require unique programming
and layout standards.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing site class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
Separating these specialty programs from the defined standards is appropriate because
of the requirements of many of these programs. In particular, the Aviation Maintenance
Technology and Welding Technology programs require unique instructional spaces.
Further, the size of the equipment used for the programs present further constraints.
Alliance West Site
Space Utilization Study
0' 100' 200' 400'
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
322 323
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB FILL RATES
Alliance West Site
&/$66/$%),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Alliance West Site
324 325
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
Alliance West Site
CLASS LAB HOURS PER WEEK
Alliance West Site
326 327
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Alliance West Site
&/$665220),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Alliance West Site
328 329
+ VOLUME II VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Alliance West Site
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK
Alliance West Site
330 331
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
OVERALL CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
Alliance West Site
OVERALL CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Alliance West Site
332 333
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CAMPUS AVERAGE DAILY CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Alliance West Site
334 335
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
North
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— ESED Wing (25.9%)
— ESEE Wing (44.8%)
— ESEC Wing (45.7%)
Program Specific Utilization:
— EART Building
— ECHS Building
— EMOD Modular Buildings
— ESEB Wing
Based on overall building utilization, there are two buildings on this campus that have a
good overall utilization. Of the buildings and wings on the Southeast Campus, several
major spaces that are scheduled should be considered separately from other programs
based on the unique programming requirements. These spaces have been identified as
those that contain programs involving the ECHS, Community and Continuing Education,
Fine and Performing Arts, and Physical Education.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
The growth in campus and program enrollment has outpaced the available space and
caused issues with poor utilization. Primary conclusions from the space utilization
analysis found that many of the classrooms are not right-sized or setup for active
teaching modalities, a need for additional faculty support spaces, a lack of student space
for studying and gathering, and a need for additional wellness and storage spaces.
Southeast Campus
Space Utilization Study
0' 100' 200' 400'
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
336 337
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB FILL RATES
Southeast Campus
&/$66/$%),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Southeast Campus
338 339
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
Southeast Campus
CLASS LAB HOURS PER WEEK
Southeast Campus
340 341
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Student Activities/Classroom Building (ESCT) – Administration Wing (ESED)
&/$665220),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Student Activities/Classroom Building (ESCT) – Administration Wing (ESED)
342 343
+ VOLUME II VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Student Activities/Classroom Building (ESCT) – Administration Wing (ESED)
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK
Student Activities/Classroom Building (ESCT) – Administration Wing (ESED)
344 345
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Classroom and Lab Wing (ESEE)
&/$665220),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Classroom and Lab Wing (ESEE)
346 347
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Classroom and Lab Wing (ESEE)
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK
Classroom and Lab Wing (ESEE)
348 349
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
29(5$//&/$66/$%Ǭ&/$66522087,/,=$7,21
Southeast Campus
CAMPUS AVERAGE DAILY CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Southeast Campus
350 351
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— East Fork Tower (TREF) (30.6%)
— Trinity River Tower (TRTR) (44.9%)
Program Specific Utilization:
— N /A
Based on overall building utilization, there are zero buildings on this campus that have
a good overall utilization. Out of the six towers that serve students of the Trinity River
Campus, the majority that are scheduled contain space scheduled for classrooms or labs
that are below the utilization target.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
The renovation of a former corporate campus to work within a community college model
has caused issues as programs and section sizes have grown. Primary limiters to higher
utilization were identified as under-sized classrooms or labs and that most spaces lack
technology upgrades for active teaching. Additionally, the infill of programming into
available space as need is identified has caused the majority of spaces to not be used for
the best possible function.
Trinity River Campus
Space Utilization Study
North0' 100' 200' 400'
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
352 353
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
North
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: +75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— N /A
Program Specific Utilization:
— TRHA Building
— TRHN Building
— TRHT Building
— TRHW Building
Based on overall building utilization, there are zero buildings on this campus that have a
good overall utilization. Of the buildings at Trinity River Campus East, the majority that are
scheduled contain space scheduled for classrooms or labs that should be considered
separately from other programs based on the unique programming requirements.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
Separating these certain programs from the defined standards is appropriate at Trinity
River Campus East because of the requirements of many of these programs. The history
of the buildings is critical as originally the campus was intended for administrative
functions. Many classrooms and labs lack the appropriate layout for Health Professions
programs and the building architecture is unable to be altered to provide adequate spatial
conditions for Health Professions programming or future growth.
Trinity River Campus East
Space Utilization Study
0' 50' 100' 200'
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
354 355
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB FILL RATES
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
&/$66/$%),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
356 357
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASS LAB UTILIZATION
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
CLASS LAB HOURS PER WEEK
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
358 359
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM FILL RATES
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
&/$665220),//Ǭ&$3$&,7<67$7,67,&6
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
360 361
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
CLASSROOM HOURS PER WEEK
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
362 363
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
29(5$//&/$66/$%Ǭ&/$66522087,/,=$7,21
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
CAMPUS AVERAGE DAILY CLASSROOM UTILIZATION
Trinity River Campus/Trinity River Campus East
364 365
+ VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY VOLUME II SPACE UTILIZATION STUDY
North
SPACE UTILIZATION DIAGRAM
Existing Conditions Site Plan
Utilization Categories:
— Good: >75%
— Fair: 50% – 75%
— Poor: 0% – 50%
— Program Specific Utilization: Utilization standards not applied
— Not Assignable: No Class Labs or Classrooms
Poor Utilization:
— N /A
Program Specific Utilization:
— West Fork Tower (TRWF) floor 2
TCC Connect, though it provides distance learning options, also must retain a physical
location for Weekend College and for staff and faculty. Though there are classrooms that
are part of the campus, the specialty usage of those spaces should make them exempt
from the utilization targets.
Overall building utilization identifies current opportunities within existing campus class
lab and classroom inventory to determine if they are capable of supporting current
and projected enrollment or if additional inventory is needed. Analysis utilizes course
schedule data from the fall 2021 semester.
However, the ability for the spaces to be utilized to the utmost ability should not be
ignored. Central to this goal, the lack of state-of-the-art technology directly impacts
the ability for the campus to function to its desired degree. This technology for lecture
capture and distance teaching is a defining requirement to maximize utilization, not just
for students but also for faculty and staff. Future growth of the Weekend College also will
incur need for additional instructional and faculty space. !"!#
$#
$!!#
$!
!%
%!# !
!#
%!
!
!&
!"
!!# $!!#
%!!#
!!#
!!#
!!#
!
%!
!#
!#
&!# '
&!#
'
!#
&!#
&!!#
&"#
&"!#
"!#
!!#
%#
&!#
%#
%#
%#
!!#
! !$ !
!
!
$!
$!
$!
$!&
$!#
!"#
!%
"!#
$"!#
!
!
#
!
"!#
"!!#
"!#
!
!#
TCC Connect
Space Utilization Study
LEGEND
Not Assignable
Program Defined
Utilization
Utilization
0% – 50%
Utilization
50% – 75%
Utilization >75%
0' 10' 20' 40'